1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB. 2 3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 4 5 This file is part of GDB. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ 19 20 #include "defs.h" 21 #include "arch-utils.h" 22 #include <ctype.h> 23 #include "hashtab.h" 24 #include "symtab.h" 25 #include "frame.h" 26 #include "breakpoint.h" 27 #include "tracepoint.h" 28 #include "gdbtypes.h" 29 #include "expression.h" 30 #include "gdbcore.h" 31 #include "gdbcmd.h" 32 #include "value.h" 33 #include "command.h" 34 #include "inferior.h" 35 #include "gdbthread.h" 36 #include "target.h" 37 #include "language.h" 38 #include "gdb_string.h" 39 #include "gdb-demangle.h" 40 #include "filenames.h" 41 #include "annotate.h" 42 #include "symfile.h" 43 #include "objfiles.h" 44 #include "source.h" 45 #include "linespec.h" 46 #include "completer.h" 47 #include "gdb.h" 48 #include "ui-out.h" 49 #include "cli/cli-script.h" 50 #include "gdb_assert.h" 51 #include "block.h" 52 #include "solib.h" 53 #include "solist.h" 54 #include "observer.h" 55 #include "exceptions.h" 56 #include "memattr.h" 57 #include "ada-lang.h" 58 #include "top.h" 59 #include "valprint.h" 60 #include "jit.h" 61 #include "xml-syscall.h" 62 #include "parser-defs.h" 63 #include "gdb_regex.h" 64 #include "probe.h" 65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h" 66 #include "continuations.h" 67 #include "stack.h" 68 #include "skip.h" 69 #include "gdb_regex.h" 70 #include "ax-gdb.h" 71 #include "dummy-frame.h" 72 73 #include "format.h" 74 75 /* readline include files */ 76 #include "readline/readline.h" 77 #include "readline/history.h" 78 79 /* readline defines this. */ 80 #undef savestring 81 82 #include "mi/mi-common.h" 83 #include "python/python.h" 84 85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */ 86 enum exception_event_kind 87 { 88 EX_EVENT_THROW, 89 EX_EVENT_CATCH 90 }; 91 92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */ 93 94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int); 95 96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int); 97 98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int); 99 100 static void disable_command (char *, int); 101 102 static void enable_command (char *, int); 103 104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *, 105 void *), 106 void *); 107 108 static void ignore_command (char *, int); 109 110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *); 111 112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *); 113 114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **, 115 struct linespec_result *, 116 enum bptype, char *, 117 char **); 118 119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *, 120 struct linespec_result *, 121 struct linespec_sals *, 122 char *, char *, enum bptype, 123 enum bpdisp, int, int, 124 int, 125 const struct breakpoint_ops *, 126 int, int, int, unsigned); 127 128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **, 129 struct symtabs_and_lines *); 130 131 static void clear_command (char *, int); 132 133 static void catch_command (char *, int); 134 135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *); 136 137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int); 138 139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *); 140 141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *, 142 enum bptype, 143 const struct breakpoint_ops *); 144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, 145 const struct symtab_and_line *); 146 147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made 148 static. */ 149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 150 struct symtab_and_line, 151 enum bptype, 152 const struct breakpoint_ops *); 153 154 static struct breakpoint * 155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig, 156 enum bptype type, 157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops); 158 159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int); 160 161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, 163 enum bptype bptype); 164 165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *, 166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR, 167 struct obj_section *, int); 168 169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, 170 CORE_ADDR addr1, 171 struct address_space *aspace2, 172 CORE_ADDR addr2); 173 174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, 175 struct bp_location *loc2); 176 177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl, 178 struct address_space *aspace, 179 CORE_ADDR addr); 180 181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int); 182 183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int); 184 185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int, 186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *)); 187 188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *); 189 190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *); 191 192 static void commands_command (char *, int); 193 194 static void condition_command (char *, int); 195 196 typedef enum 197 { 198 mark_inserted, 199 mark_uninserted 200 } 201 insertion_state_t; 202 203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); 204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); 205 206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs); 207 208 static int watchpoint_check (void *); 209 210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int); 211 212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void); 213 214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *); 215 216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except, 217 enum bptype type, 218 int *other_type_used); 219 220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int); 221 222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int); 223 224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp, 225 int count); 226 227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 228 229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 230 231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 232 233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg); 234 235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, 236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty); 237 238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 239 240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void); 241 242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *, 243 CORE_ADDR pc); 244 245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc); 246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc); 247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc); 248 249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt); 250 251 static void update_global_location_list (int); 252 253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int); 254 255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt); 256 257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void); 258 259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b); 260 261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int); 262 263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int); 264 265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int); 266 267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int); 268 269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int); 270 271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num); 272 273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b); 274 275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address); 276 277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero 278 otherwise. */ 279 280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b); 281 282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit 283 from. */ 284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops; 285 286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops 287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints 288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */ 289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 290 291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */ 292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops; 293 294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */ 295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops; 296 297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */ 298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops; 299 300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created 301 breakpoints. */ 302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 303 304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */ 305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops; 306 307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */ 308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops; 309 310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user 311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs; 312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there 313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior 314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of 315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */ 316 317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb"; 318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call"; 319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent"; 320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = { 321 dprintf_style_gdb, 322 dprintf_style_call, 323 dprintf_style_agent, 324 NULL 325 }; 326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb; 327 328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to 329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is 330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can 331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */ 332 333 static char *dprintf_function = ""; 334 335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to 336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to 337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the 338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that 339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like 340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like 341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */ 342 343 static char *dprintf_channel = ""; 344 345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB 346 has disconnected. */ 347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1; 348 349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple 350 breakpoints share a single command list. */ 351 struct counted_command_line 352 { 353 /* The reference count. */ 354 int refc; 355 356 /* The command list. */ 357 struct command_line *commands; 358 }; 359 360 struct command_line * 361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b) 362 { 363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; 364 } 365 366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the 367 current breakpoint. */ 368 369 static int breakpoint_proceeded; 370 371 const char * 372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp) 373 { 374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and 375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at 376 a breakpoint. */ 377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"}; 378 379 return bpdisps[(int) disp]; 380 } 381 382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */ 383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even 384 if such is available. */ 385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints; 386 387 static void 388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 389 struct cmd_list_element *c, 390 const char *value) 391 { 392 fprintf_filtered (file, 393 _("Debugger's willingness to use " 394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"), 395 value); 396 } 397 398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints. 399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints 400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations. 401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */ 402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support; 403 static void 404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 405 struct cmd_list_element *c, 406 const char *value) 407 { 408 fprintf_filtered (file, 409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding " 410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"), 411 value); 412 } 413 414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints 415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory. 416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically 417 use hardware breakpoints. */ 418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints; 419 static void 420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 421 struct cmd_list_element *c, 422 const char *value) 423 { 424 fprintf_filtered (file, 425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"), 426 value); 427 } 428 429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is 430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb 431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and 432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON 433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/ 434 435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO; 436 437 static void 438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value) 440 { 441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO) 442 fprintf_filtered (file, 443 _("Always inserted breakpoint " 444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"), 445 value, 446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off"); 447 else 448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), 449 value); 450 } 451 452 int 453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void) 454 { 455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE 456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop)); 457 } 458 459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target"; 460 461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */ 462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto"; 463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host"; 464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target"; 465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = { 466 condition_evaluation_auto, 467 condition_evaluation_host, 468 condition_evaluation_target, 469 NULL 470 }; 471 472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */ 473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto; 474 475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from 476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */ 477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto; 478 479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host" 480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the 481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated 482 evaluation mode. */ 483 484 static const char * 485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode) 486 { 487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto) 488 { 489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 490 return condition_evaluation_target; 491 else 492 return condition_evaluation_host; 493 } 494 else 495 return mode; 496 } 497 498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */ 499 500 static const char * 501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void) 502 { 503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode); 504 } 505 506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false 507 otherwise. */ 508 509 static int 510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void) 511 { 512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (); 513 514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host); 515 } 516 517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void); 518 519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */ 520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands; 521 522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */ 523 static int overlay_events_enabled; 524 525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */ 526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0; 527 528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints. 529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the 530 current breakpoint. */ 531 532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) 533 534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \ 535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \ 536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \ 537 B = TMP) 538 539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is 540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called 541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */ 542 543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \ 544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \ 545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \ 546 BP_TMP++) 547 548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected 549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points 550 to where the loop should start from. 551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the 552 appropriate location to start with. */ 553 554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \ 555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \ 556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \ 557 BP_LOCP_START \ 558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \ 559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \ 560 BP_LOCP_TMP++) 561 562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */ 563 564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \ 565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \ 566 if (is_tracepoint (B)) 567 568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */ 569 570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain; 571 572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */ 573 574 static struct bp_location **bp_location; 575 576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */ 577 578 static unsigned bp_location_count; 579 580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and 581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid 582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly 583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for 584 an address you need to read. */ 585 586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max; 587 588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS 589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of 590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow. 591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to 592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */ 593 594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max; 595 596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked 597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported 598 by a target. */ 599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL; 600 601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */ 602 603 static int breakpoint_count; 604 605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that 606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more 607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT 608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */ 609 static int prev_breakpoint_count; 610 611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */ 612 613 static int tracepoint_count; 614 615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist; 616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist; 617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist; 618 619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */ 620 static int 621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b) 622 { 623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled); 624 } 625 626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */ 627 628 static void 629 set_breakpoint_count (int num) 630 { 631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; 632 breakpoint_count = num; 633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num); 634 } 635 636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current 637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */ 638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; 639 640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first 641 breakpoint made. */ 642 643 void 644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void) 645 { 646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; 647 } 648 649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last 650 breakpoint made. */ 651 652 void 653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void) 654 { 655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; 656 } 657 658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */ 659 660 void 661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void) 662 { 663 struct breakpoint *b; 664 665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 666 b->hit_count = 0; 667 } 668 669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1. 670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */ 671 672 static struct counted_command_line * 673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands) 674 { 675 struct counted_command_line *result 676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line)); 677 678 result->refc = 1; 679 result->commands = commands; 680 return result; 681 } 682 683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */ 684 685 static void 686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd) 687 { 688 if (cmd) 689 ++cmd->refc; 690 } 691 692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0, 693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does 694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */ 695 696 static void 697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) 698 { 699 if (*cmdp) 700 { 701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0) 702 { 703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands); 704 xfree (*cmdp); 705 } 706 *cmdp = NULL; 707 } 708 } 709 710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */ 711 712 static void 713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg) 714 { 715 decref_counted_command_line (arg); 716 } 717 718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the 719 argument. */ 720 721 static struct cleanup * 722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) 723 { 724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp); 725 } 726 727 728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL 729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */ 730 731 struct breakpoint * 732 get_breakpoint (int num) 733 { 734 struct breakpoint *b; 735 736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 737 if (b->number == num) 738 return b; 739 740 return NULL; 741 } 742 743 744 745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports 746 evaluating conditions on its side. */ 747 748 static void 749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b) 750 { 751 struct bp_location *loc; 752 753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is 754 evaluating conditions and if the user has 755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's 756 side. */ 757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 759 return; 760 761 if (!is_breakpoint (b)) 762 return; 763 764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified; 766 } 767 768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports 769 evaluating conditions on its side. */ 770 771 static void 772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc) 773 { 774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is 775 evaluating conditions and if the user has 776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's 777 side. */ 778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 780 781 return; 782 783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)) 784 return; 785 786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified; 787 } 788 789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global 790 condition_evaluation_mode. */ 791 792 static void 793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty, 794 struct cmd_list_element *c) 795 { 796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode; 797 798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target) 799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 800 { 801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode; 802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n" 803 "Using host evaluation mode instead.")); 804 return; 805 } 806 807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1); 808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode); 809 810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the 811 settings was "auto". */ 812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1; 813 814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */ 815 if (new_mode != old_mode) 816 { 817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp; 818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we 819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows: 820 821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target. 822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target. 823 */ 824 825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target) 826 { 827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the 828 target. */ 829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp) 830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc); 831 } 832 else 833 { 834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions 835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the 836 target knows about. */ 837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp) 838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted) 839 loc->needs_update = 1; 840 } 841 842 /* Do the update. */ 843 update_global_location_list (1); 844 } 845 846 return; 847 } 848 849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows 850 what "auto" is translating to. */ 851 852 static void 853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value) 855 { 856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto) 857 fprintf_filtered (file, 858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation " 859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"), 860 value, 861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()); 862 else 863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"), 864 value); 865 } 866 867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by 868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike 869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */ 870 871 static int 872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp) 873 { 874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap; 875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp; 876 877 if (a->address == b->address) 878 return 0; 879 else 880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address)); 881 } 882 883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses 884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that 885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just 886 return NULL. */ 887 888 static struct bp_location ** 889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address) 890 { 891 struct bp_location dummy_loc; 892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc; 893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL; 894 895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */ 896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location)); 897 dummy_loc.address = address; 898 899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */ 900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count, 901 sizeof (struct bp_location **), 902 bp_location_compare_addrs); 903 904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */ 905 if (locp_found == NULL) 906 return NULL; 907 908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the 909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */ 910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location 911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address) 912 locp_found--; 913 914 return locp_found; 915 } 916 917 void 918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp, 919 int from_tty) 920 { 921 xfree (b->cond_string); 922 b->cond_string = NULL; 923 924 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 925 { 926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 927 928 xfree (w->cond_exp); 929 w->cond_exp = NULL; 930 } 931 else 932 { 933 struct bp_location *loc; 934 935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 936 { 937 xfree (loc->cond); 938 loc->cond = NULL; 939 940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression 941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this 942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */ 943 } 944 } 945 946 if (*exp == 0) 947 { 948 if (from_tty) 949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number); 950 } 951 else 952 { 953 const char *arg = exp; 954 955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user 956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */ 957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg); 958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 959 960 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 961 { 962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 963 964 innermost_block = NULL; 965 arg = exp; 966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0); 967 if (*arg) 968 error (_("Junk at end of expression")); 969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 970 } 971 else 972 { 973 struct bp_location *loc; 974 975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 976 { 977 arg = exp; 978 loc->cond = 979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address, 980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); 981 if (*arg) 982 error (_("Junk at end of expression")); 983 } 984 } 985 } 986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b); 987 988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 989 } 990 991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */ 992 993 static VEC (char_ptr) * 994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word) 995 { 996 char *space; 997 998 text = skip_spaces (text); 999 space = skip_to_space (text); 1000 if (*space == '\0') 1001 { 1002 int len; 1003 struct breakpoint *b; 1004 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL; 1005 1006 if (text[0] == '$') 1007 { 1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */ 1009 if (isdigit (text[1])) 1010 return NULL; 1011 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]); 1012 } 1013 1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */ 1015 len = strlen (text); 1016 1017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 1018 { 1019 char number[50]; 1020 1021 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number); 1022 1023 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0) 1024 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number)); 1025 } 1026 1027 return result; 1028 } 1029 1030 /* We're completing the expression part. */ 1031 text = skip_spaces (space); 1032 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word); 1033 } 1034 1035 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */ 1036 1037 static void 1038 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 1039 { 1040 struct breakpoint *b; 1041 char *p; 1042 int bnum; 1043 1044 if (arg == 0) 1045 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number")); 1046 1047 p = arg; 1048 bnum = get_number (&p); 1049 if (bnum == 0) 1050 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg); 1051 1052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 1053 if (b->number == bnum) 1054 { 1055 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to 1056 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop" 1057 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from 1058 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */ 1059 if (b->py_bp_object 1060 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object)) 1061 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' " 1062 "method has been defined in the breakpoint.")); 1063 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty); 1064 1065 if (is_breakpoint (b)) 1066 update_global_location_list (1); 1067 1068 return; 1069 } 1070 1071 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum); 1072 } 1073 1074 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable 1075 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints. 1076 Throw if any such commands is found. */ 1077 1078 static void 1079 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands) 1080 { 1081 struct command_line *c; 1082 1083 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) 1084 { 1085 int i; 1086 1087 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) 1088 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can " 1089 "only be used for tracepoints")); 1090 1091 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i) 1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]); 1093 1094 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment 1095 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for 1096 command directly. */ 1097 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line) 1098 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints")); 1099 1100 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line) 1101 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints")); 1102 } 1103 } 1104 1105 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */ 1106 1107 static int 1108 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type) 1109 { 1110 return (type == bp_tracepoint 1111 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint 1112 || type == bp_static_tracepoint); 1113 } 1114 1115 int 1116 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 1117 { 1118 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type); 1119 } 1120 1121 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a 1122 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is 1123 found. */ 1124 1125 static void 1126 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 1127 struct command_line *commands) 1128 { 1129 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 1130 { 1131 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b; 1132 struct command_line *c; 1133 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0; 1134 1135 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands 1136 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new 1137 ones might not. */ 1138 t->step_count = 0; 1139 1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is 1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one 1142 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body 1143 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. 1144 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the 1145 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually 1146 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's 1147 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the 1148 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the 1149 tracepoint's context. */ 1150 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) 1151 { 1152 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) 1153 { 1154 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) 1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command " 1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint")); 1157 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command " 1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint")); 1160 1161 if (while_stepping) 1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command " 1163 "can be used only once")); 1164 else 1165 while_stepping = c; 1166 } 1167 1168 validate_actionline (&c->line, b); 1169 } 1170 if (while_stepping) 1171 { 1172 struct command_line *c2; 1173 1174 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1); 1175 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0]; 1176 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next) 1177 { 1178 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control) 1179 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested")); 1180 } 1181 } 1182 } 1183 else 1184 { 1185 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands); 1186 } 1187 } 1188 1189 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The 1190 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */ 1191 1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) * 1193 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr) 1194 { 1195 struct breakpoint *b; 1196 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; 1197 struct bp_location *loc; 1198 1199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 1200 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 1201 { 1202 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 1203 if (loc->address == addr) 1204 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); 1205 } 1206 1207 return found; 1208 } 1209 1210 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint, 1211 validate that only allowed commands are included. */ 1212 1213 void 1214 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b, 1215 struct command_line *commands) 1216 { 1217 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands); 1218 1219 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); 1220 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands); 1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 1222 } 1223 1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this 1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's 1226 commands. */ 1227 1228 void 1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent) 1230 { 1231 int old_silent = b->silent; 1232 1233 b->silent = silent; 1234 if (old_silent != silent) 1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 1236 } 1237 1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the 1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */ 1240 1241 void 1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread) 1243 { 1244 int old_thread = b->thread; 1245 1246 b->thread = thread; 1247 if (old_thread != thread) 1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 1249 } 1250 1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the 1252 breakpoint work for any task. */ 1253 1254 void 1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task) 1256 { 1257 int old_task = b->task; 1258 1259 b->task = task; 1260 if (old_task != task) 1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 1262 } 1263 1264 void 1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure) 1266 { 1267 struct breakpoint *b = closure; 1268 1269 validate_actionline (&line, b); 1270 } 1271 1272 /* A structure used to pass information through 1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */ 1274 1275 struct commands_info 1276 { 1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */ 1278 int from_tty; 1279 1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */ 1281 char *arg; 1282 1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this 1284 already-parsed command. */ 1285 struct command_line *control; 1286 1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not 1288 yet been read. */ 1289 struct counted_command_line *cmd; 1290 }; 1291 1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for 1293 commands_command. */ 1294 1295 static void 1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data) 1297 { 1298 struct commands_info *info = data; 1299 1300 if (info->cmd == NULL) 1301 { 1302 struct command_line *l; 1303 1304 if (info->control != NULL) 1305 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]); 1306 else 1307 { 1308 struct cleanup *old_chain; 1309 char *str; 1310 1311 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) " 1312 "%s, one per line."), 1313 info->arg); 1314 1315 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str); 1316 1317 l = read_command_lines (str, 1318 info->from_tty, 1, 1319 (is_tracepoint (b) 1320 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0), 1321 b); 1322 1323 do_cleanups (old_chain); 1324 } 1325 1326 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l); 1327 } 1328 1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to 1330 do anything. */ 1331 if (b->commands != info->cmd) 1332 { 1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands); 1334 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd); 1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); 1336 b->commands = info->cmd; 1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 1338 } 1339 } 1340 1341 static void 1342 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 1343 struct command_line *control) 1344 { 1345 struct cleanup *cleanups; 1346 struct commands_info info; 1347 1348 info.from_tty = from_tty; 1349 info.control = control; 1350 info.cmd = NULL; 1351 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an 1352 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */ 1353 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd); 1354 1355 if (arg == NULL || !*arg) 1356 { 1357 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1) 1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1, 1359 breakpoint_count); 1360 else if (breakpoint_count > 0) 1361 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count); 1362 else 1363 { 1364 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL 1365 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint 1366 numbers will fail in this case. */ 1367 arg = NULL; 1368 } 1369 } 1370 else 1371 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve 1372 our argument. */ 1373 arg = xstrdup (arg); 1374 1375 if (arg != NULL) 1376 make_cleanup (xfree, arg); 1377 1378 info.arg = arg; 1379 1380 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info); 1381 1382 if (info.cmd == NULL) 1383 error (_("No breakpoints specified.")); 1384 1385 do_cleanups (cleanups); 1386 } 1387 1388 static void 1389 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 1390 { 1391 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL); 1392 } 1393 1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from 1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure. 1396 1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands 1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */ 1399 enum command_control_type 1400 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd) 1401 { 1402 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd); 1403 return simple_control; 1404 } 1405 1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */ 1407 1408 static int 1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl) 1410 { 1411 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) 1412 return 0; 1413 if (!bl->inserted) 1414 return 0; 1415 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0) 1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */ 1417 return 0; 1418 return 1; 1419 } 1420 1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR, 1422 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. 1423 1424 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of 1425 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise, 1426 a failed assertion internal error will be raised. 1427 1428 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is: 1429 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max 1430 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max 1431 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is: 1432 memaddr ... memaddr + len 1433 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are 1434 memaddr + len <= (bl->address 1435 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) 1436 and: 1437 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */ 1438 1439 void 1440 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf, 1441 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org, 1442 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len) 1443 { 1444 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary 1445 search. */ 1446 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc; 1447 1448 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF 1449 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to 1450 report higher one. */ 1451 1452 bc_l = 0; 1453 bc_r = bp_location_count; 1454 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r) 1455 { 1456 struct bp_location *bl; 1457 1458 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2; 1459 bl = bp_location[bc]; 1460 1461 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added 1462 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure 1463 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR 1464 to MEMADDR + LEN range). 1465 1466 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety 1467 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow 1468 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */ 1469 1470 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max 1471 >= bl->address) 1472 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max 1473 <= memaddr)) 1474 bc_l = bc; 1475 else 1476 bc_r = bc; 1477 } 1478 1479 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the 1480 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are 1481 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing 1482 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted" 1483 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and 1484 B: 1485 1486 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ... 1487 1488 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master" 1489 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set 1490 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1 1491 and L2. */ 1492 while (bc_l > 0 1493 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address) 1494 bc_l--; 1495 1496 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */ 1497 1498 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++) 1499 { 1500 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc]; 1501 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0; 1502 int bp_size = 0; 1503 int bptoffset = 0; 1504 1505 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 1506 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none) 1507 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), 1508 bl->owner->number); 1509 1510 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF 1511 content. */ 1512 1513 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max 1514 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address 1515 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)) 1516 break; 1517 1518 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl)) 1519 continue; 1520 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0, 1521 current_program_space->aspace, 0)) 1522 continue; 1523 1524 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that 1525 we need to copy. */ 1526 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address; 1527 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len; 1528 1529 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr) 1530 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we 1531 are reading. */ 1532 continue; 1533 1534 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len) 1535 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are 1536 reading. */ 1537 continue; 1538 1539 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */ 1540 if (bp_addr < memaddr) 1541 { 1542 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */ 1543 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr; 1544 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr; 1545 bp_addr = memaddr; 1546 } 1547 1548 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len) 1549 { 1550 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */ 1551 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len); 1552 } 1553 1554 if (readbuf != NULL) 1555 { 1556 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with 1557 the shadow_contents buffer. */ 1558 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len 1559 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents 1560 + bl->target_info.shadow_len)); 1561 1562 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's 1563 shadow. */ 1564 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr, 1565 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size); 1566 } 1567 else 1568 { 1569 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch; 1570 const unsigned char *bp; 1571 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address; 1572 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size; 1573 1574 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */ 1575 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, 1576 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size); 1577 1578 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this 1579 address. */ 1580 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size); 1581 1582 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted 1583 breakpoint's INSN. */ 1584 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size); 1585 } 1586 } 1587 } 1588 1589 1590 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware 1591 breakpoint. */ 1592 1593 int 1594 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) 1595 { 1596 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint 1597 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 1598 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf); 1599 } 1600 1601 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */ 1602 1603 static int 1604 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) 1605 { 1606 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 1607 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint 1608 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint); 1609 } 1610 1611 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or 1612 software. */ 1613 1614 int 1615 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) 1616 { 1617 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt) 1618 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint); 1619 } 1620 1621 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe 1622 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local 1623 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that 1624 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs 1625 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context. 1626 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread, 1627 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing 1628 memory accesses when threads are running. */ 1629 1630 static int 1631 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b) 1632 { 1633 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space 1634 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid) 1635 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread) 1636 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)))); 1637 } 1638 1639 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible 1640 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */ 1641 1642 static void 1643 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w) 1644 { 1645 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base; 1646 1647 if (b->related_breakpoint != b) 1648 { 1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope); 1650 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b); 1651 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 1652 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint; 1653 b->related_breakpoint = b; 1654 } 1655 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 1656 } 1657 1658 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: 1659 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero 1660 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val 1661 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result 1662 in b->loc->cond. 1663 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc. 1664 1665 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do 1666 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete 1667 it. 1668 1669 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are 1670 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must 1671 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread 1672 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware 1673 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific 1674 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug 1675 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to 1676 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints. 1677 1678 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being 1679 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would 1680 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And 1681 it must not be done later because it could display the same single 1682 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is 1683 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint 1684 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is 1685 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has 1686 not changed. 1687 1688 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset 1689 hardware watchpoints: 1690 1691 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are 1692 called several times when GDB stops. 1693 1694 [linux] 1695 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, 1696 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint 1697 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits 1698 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user 1699 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed 1700 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in 1701 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from 1702 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being 1703 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address 1704 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets 1705 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset. 1706 1707 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the 1708 watchpoint removal from inferior. */ 1709 1710 static void 1711 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse) 1712 { 1713 int within_current_scope; 1714 struct frame_id saved_frame_id; 1715 int frame_saved; 1716 1717 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the 1718 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread 1719 that was used to create the watchpoint. */ 1720 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) 1721 return; 1722 1723 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 1724 return; 1725 1726 frame_saved = 0; 1727 1728 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */ 1729 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) 1730 within_current_scope = 1; 1731 else 1732 { 1733 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame (); 1734 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi); 1735 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi); 1736 1737 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work 1738 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this 1739 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */ 1740 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc)) 1741 return; 1742 1743 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after 1744 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */ 1745 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression 1746 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the 1747 selected frame. */ 1748 frame_saved = 1; 1749 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL)); 1750 1751 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); 1752 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL); 1753 if (within_current_scope) 1754 select_frame (fi); 1755 } 1756 1757 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array 1758 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and 1759 remove breakpoints if needed. */ 1760 b->base.loc = NULL; 1761 1762 if (within_current_scope && reparse) 1763 { 1764 const char *s; 1765 1766 if (b->exp) 1767 { 1768 xfree (b->exp); 1769 b->exp = NULL; 1770 } 1771 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string; 1772 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0); 1773 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is 1774 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit 1775 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually 1776 be completely different objects. */ 1777 value_free (b->val); 1778 b->val = NULL; 1779 b->val_valid = 0; 1780 1781 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition 1782 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the 1783 locations (re)created below. */ 1784 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL) 1785 { 1786 if (b->cond_exp != NULL) 1787 { 1788 xfree (b->cond_exp); 1789 b->cond_exp = NULL; 1790 } 1791 1792 s = b->base.cond_string; 1793 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0); 1794 } 1795 } 1796 1797 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because 1798 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library, 1799 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete 1800 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression 1801 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */ 1802 if ( !target_has_execution) 1803 { 1804 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and 1805 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when 1806 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */ 1807 } 1808 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp) 1809 { 1810 int pc = 0; 1811 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next; 1812 struct program_space *frame_pspace; 1813 1814 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain); 1815 1816 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of 1817 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update 1818 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it 1819 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. 1820 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked 1821 watchpoints. */ 1822 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base)) 1823 { 1824 b->val = v; 1825 b->val_valid = 1; 1826 } 1827 1828 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL)); 1829 1830 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */ 1831 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v)) 1832 { 1833 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed 1834 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we 1835 must watch it. If the first value returned is 1836 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it; 1837 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */ 1838 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory 1839 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v))) 1840 { 1841 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); 1842 1843 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked 1844 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to 1845 appear in the middle of some value chain. */ 1846 if (v == result 1847 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT 1848 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) 1849 { 1850 CORE_ADDR addr; 1851 int type; 1852 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; 1853 1854 addr = value_address (v); 1855 type = hw_write; 1856 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint) 1857 type = hw_read; 1858 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint) 1859 type = hw_access; 1860 1861 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base); 1862 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) 1863 ; 1864 *tmp = loc; 1865 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v)); 1866 1867 loc->pspace = frame_pspace; 1868 loc->address = addr; 1869 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); 1870 loc->watchpoint_type = type; 1871 } 1872 } 1873 } 1874 1875 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or 1876 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support 1877 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior 1878 is started. */ 1879 if (reparse) 1880 { 1881 int reg_cnt; 1882 enum bp_loc_type loc_type; 1883 struct bp_location *bl; 1884 1885 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain); 1886 1887 if (reg_cnt) 1888 { 1889 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used; 1890 enum bptype type; 1891 1892 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be 1893 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */ 1894 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1; 1895 1896 /* We need to determine how many resources are already 1897 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one 1898 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit 1899 this watchpoint in as well. */ 1900 1901 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it 1902 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of 1903 hardware watchpoint type. */ 1904 type = b->base.type; 1905 if (type == bp_watchpoint) 1906 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; 1907 1908 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on 1909 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list 1910 if we're trying to create it for the first time, 1911 through watch_command), so always account for it 1912 manually. */ 1913 1914 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */ 1915 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used); 1916 1917 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */ 1918 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base); 1919 1920 target_resources_ok 1921 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used); 1922 if (target_resources_ok <= 0) 1923 { 1924 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base); 1925 1926 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode) 1927 error (_("Target does not support this type of " 1928 "hardware watchpoint.")); 1929 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode) 1930 error (_("There are not enough available hardware " 1931 "resources for this watchpoint.")); 1932 1933 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */ 1934 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint; 1935 } 1936 else 1937 { 1938 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just 1939 found we have enough resources to turn it to a 1940 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a 1941 nop. */ 1942 b->base.type = type; 1943 } 1944 } 1945 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base)) 1946 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with " 1947 "read/access watchpoint.")); 1948 else 1949 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint; 1950 1951 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other 1952 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint); 1953 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 1954 bl->loc_type = loc_type; 1955 } 1956 1957 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next) 1958 { 1959 next = value_next (v); 1960 if (v != b->val) 1961 value_free (v); 1962 } 1963 1964 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the 1965 above left it without any location set up. But, 1966 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report 1967 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */ 1968 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL) 1969 { 1970 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base; 1971 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base); 1972 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace; 1973 base->loc->address = -1; 1974 base->loc->length = -1; 1975 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1; 1976 } 1977 } 1978 else if (!within_current_scope) 1979 { 1980 printf_filtered (_("\ 1981 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\ 1982 in which its expression is valid.\n"), 1983 b->base.number); 1984 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b); 1985 } 1986 1987 /* Restore the selected frame. */ 1988 if (frame_saved) 1989 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id)); 1990 } 1991 1992 1993 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be 1994 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner 1995 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's 1996 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location, 1997 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */ 1998 static int 1999 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl) 2000 { 2001 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)) 2002 return 0; 2003 2004 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 2005 return 0; 2006 2007 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate) 2008 return 0; 2009 2010 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup) 2011 return 0; 2012 2013 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a 2014 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running 2015 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the 2016 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports 2017 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared 2018 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise 2019 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since 2020 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */ 2021 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed) 2022 return 0; 2023 2024 return 1; 2025 } 2026 2027 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming 2028 that the location is not duplicated. */ 2029 2030 static int 2031 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl) 2032 { 2033 int result; 2034 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate; 2035 2036 bl->duplicate = 0; 2037 result = should_be_inserted (bl); 2038 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate; 2039 return result; 2040 } 2041 2042 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an 2043 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation 2044 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was 2045 any error during parsing. */ 2046 2047 static struct agent_expr * 2048 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond) 2049 { 2050 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL; 2051 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL; 2052 volatile struct gdb_exception ex; 2053 2054 if (!cond) 2055 return NULL; 2056 2057 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors 2058 that may show up. */ 2059 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 2060 { 2061 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond); 2062 } 2063 2064 if (ex.reason < 0) 2065 { 2066 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid 2067 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side. 2068 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */ 2069 return NULL; 2070 } 2071 2072 /* We have a valid agent expression. */ 2073 return aexpr; 2074 } 2075 2076 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be 2077 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different 2078 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the 2079 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when 2080 one of them is true. */ 2081 2082 static void 2083 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl) 2084 { 2085 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p; 2086 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0; 2087 int modified = bl->needs_update; 2088 struct bp_location *loc; 2089 2090 /* This is only meaningful if the target is 2091 evaluating conditions and if the user has 2092 opted for condition evaluation on the target's 2093 side. */ 2094 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 2095 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 2096 return; 2097 2098 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned 2099 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression 2100 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions 2101 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a 2102 response back to GDB. */ 2103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2104 { 2105 loc = (*loc2p); 2106 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num) 2107 { 2108 if (modified) 2109 { 2110 struct agent_expr *aexpr; 2111 2112 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that 2113 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see 2114 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just 2115 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */ 2116 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond); 2117 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr; 2118 2119 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression 2120 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition 2121 to the target. */ 2122 if (aexpr) 2123 continue; 2124 } 2125 2126 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something 2127 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */ 2128 if (!loc->cond_bytecode) 2129 { 2130 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1; 2131 break; 2132 } 2133 } 2134 } 2135 2136 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions 2137 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes 2138 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here. 2139 2140 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are 2141 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */ 2142 if (null_condition_or_parse_error) 2143 { 2144 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2145 { 2146 loc = (*loc2p); 2147 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num) 2148 { 2149 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is 2150 located. */ 2151 if (!loc->cond_bytecode) 2152 return; 2153 2154 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode); 2155 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL; 2156 } 2157 } 2158 } 2159 2160 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list 2161 for this location's address. */ 2162 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2163 { 2164 loc = (*loc2p); 2165 if (loc->cond 2166 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner) 2167 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num 2168 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled 2169 && loc->enabled) 2170 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the 2171 conditions to the target. */ 2172 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions, 2173 loc->cond_bytecode); 2174 } 2175 2176 return; 2177 } 2178 2179 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression 2180 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter. 2181 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */ 2182 2183 static struct agent_expr * 2184 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd) 2185 { 2186 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0; 2187 struct expression *expr, **argvec; 2188 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL; 2189 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL; 2190 volatile struct gdb_exception ex; 2191 const char *cmdrest; 2192 const char *format_start, *format_end; 2193 struct format_piece *fpieces; 2194 int nargs; 2195 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 2196 2197 if (!cmd) 2198 return NULL; 2199 2200 cmdrest = cmd; 2201 2202 if (*cmdrest == ',') 2203 ++cmdrest; 2204 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest); 2205 2206 if (*cmdrest++ != '"') 2207 error (_("No format string following the location")); 2208 2209 format_start = cmdrest; 2210 2211 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest); 2212 2213 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces); 2214 2215 format_end = cmdrest; 2216 2217 if (*cmdrest++ != '"') 2218 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'.")); 2219 2220 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest); 2221 2222 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0')) 2223 error (_("Invalid argument syntax")); 2224 2225 if (*cmdrest == ',') 2226 cmdrest++; 2227 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest); 2228 2229 /* For each argument, make an expression. */ 2230 2231 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd) 2232 * sizeof (struct expression *)); 2233 2234 nargs = 0; 2235 while (*cmdrest != '\0') 2236 { 2237 const char *cmd1; 2238 2239 cmd1 = cmdrest; 2240 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1); 2241 argvec[nargs++] = expr; 2242 cmdrest = cmd1; 2243 if (*cmdrest == ',') 2244 ++cmdrest; 2245 } 2246 2247 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors 2248 that may show up. */ 2249 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 2250 { 2251 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0, 2252 format_start, format_end - format_start, 2253 fpieces, nargs, argvec); 2254 } 2255 2256 if (ex.reason < 0) 2257 { 2258 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid 2259 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side. 2260 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */ 2261 return NULL; 2262 } 2263 2264 do_cleanups (old_cleanups); 2265 2266 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */ 2267 return aexpr; 2268 } 2269 2270 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be 2271 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with 2272 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */ 2273 2274 static void 2275 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl) 2276 { 2277 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p; 2278 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0; 2279 int modified = bl->needs_update; 2280 struct bp_location *loc; 2281 2282 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */ 2283 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf 2284 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0) 2285 return; 2286 2287 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ()) 2288 return; 2289 2290 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned 2291 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression 2292 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions 2293 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a 2294 response back to GDB. */ 2295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2296 { 2297 loc = (*loc2p); 2298 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num) 2299 { 2300 if (modified) 2301 { 2302 struct agent_expr *aexpr; 2303 2304 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that 2305 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see 2306 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just 2307 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */ 2308 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address, 2309 loc->owner->extra_string); 2310 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr; 2311 2312 if (!aexpr) 2313 continue; 2314 } 2315 2316 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something 2317 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */ 2318 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode) 2319 { 2320 null_command_or_parse_error = 1; 2321 break; 2322 } 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands, 2327 and so clean up. */ 2328 if (null_command_or_parse_error) 2329 { 2330 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2331 { 2332 loc = (*loc2p); 2333 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) 2334 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num) 2335 { 2336 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is 2337 located. */ 2338 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL) 2339 return; 2340 2341 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode); 2342 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL; 2343 } 2344 } 2345 } 2346 2347 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list 2348 for this location's address. */ 2349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address) 2350 { 2351 loc = (*loc2p); 2352 if (loc->owner->extra_string 2353 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner) 2354 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num 2355 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled 2356 && loc->enabled) 2357 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later 2358 to send the commands to the target. */ 2359 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands, 2360 loc->cmd_bytecode); 2361 } 2362 2363 bl->target_info.persist = 0; 2364 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */ 2365 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf) 2366 bl->target_info.persist = 1; 2367 } 2368 2369 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint 2370 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and 2371 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems. 2372 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or 2373 -1 for failure. 2374 2375 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an 2376 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */ 2377 static int 2378 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl, 2379 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream, 2380 int *disabled_breaks, 2381 int *hw_breakpoint_error, 2382 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already) 2383 { 2384 int val = 0; 2385 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL; 2386 struct gdb_exception e; 2387 2388 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update)) 2389 return 0; 2390 2391 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out 2392 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint 2393 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks 2394 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when 2395 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location: 2396 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that 2397 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus 2398 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in 2399 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */ 2400 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address; 2401 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace; 2402 bl->target_info.length = bl->length; 2403 2404 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions 2405 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not 2406 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target 2407 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */ 2408 2409 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner)) 2410 { 2411 build_target_condition_list (bl); 2412 build_target_command_list (bl); 2413 /* Reset the modification marker. */ 2414 bl->needs_update = 0; 2415 } 2416 2417 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2418 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2419 { 2420 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint) 2421 { 2422 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type 2423 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see 2424 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not. 2425 2426 Two important cases are: 2427 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory 2428 is readonly. We change the type of the location to 2429 hardware breakpoint. 2430 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is 2431 read-write. This means we've previously made the 2432 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed, 2433 so we undo. 2434 2435 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use 2436 location types we've just set here, the only possible 2437 problem is that memory map has changed during running 2438 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current 2439 gdb. */ 2440 struct mem_region *mr 2441 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address); 2442 2443 if (mr) 2444 { 2445 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints) 2446 { 2447 enum bp_loc_type new_type; 2448 2449 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) 2450 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; 2451 else 2452 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; 2453 2454 if (new_type != bl->loc_type) 2455 { 2456 static int said = 0; 2457 2458 bl->loc_type = new_type; 2459 if (!said) 2460 { 2461 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, 2462 _("Note: automatically using " 2463 "hardware breakpoints for " 2464 "read-only addresses.\n")); 2465 said = 1; 2466 } 2467 } 2468 } 2469 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2470 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) 2471 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint " 2472 "at readonly address %s"), 2473 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address)); 2474 } 2475 } 2476 2477 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ 2478 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off 2479 || bl->section == NULL 2480 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section))) 2481 { 2482 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */ 2483 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 2484 { 2485 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl); 2486 } 2487 if (e.reason < 0) 2488 { 2489 val = 1; 2490 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message; 2491 } 2492 } 2493 else 2494 { 2495 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. 2496 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ 2497 if (!overlay_events_enabled) 2498 { 2499 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, 2500 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA. 2501 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */ 2502 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2503 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"), 2504 bl->owner->number); 2505 else 2506 { 2507 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address, 2508 bl->section); 2509 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */ 2510 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info; 2511 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr; 2512 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, 2513 &bl->overlay_target_info); 2514 if (val != 0) 2515 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2516 "Overlay breakpoint %d " 2517 "failed: in ROM?\n", 2518 bl->owner->number); 2519 } 2520 } 2521 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */ 2522 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 2523 { 2524 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */ 2525 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 2526 { 2527 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl); 2528 } 2529 if (e.reason < 0) 2530 { 2531 val = 1; 2532 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message; 2533 } 2534 } 2535 else 2536 { 2537 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted. 2538 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */ 2539 return 0; 2540 } 2541 } 2542 2543 if (val) 2544 { 2545 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */ 2546 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)) 2547 { 2548 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */ 2549 val = 0; 2550 bl->shlib_disabled = 1; 2551 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner); 2552 if (!*disabled_breaks) 2553 { 2554 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2555 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", 2556 bl->owner->number); 2557 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2558 "Temporarily disabling shared " 2559 "library breakpoints:\n"); 2560 } 2561 *disabled_breaks = 1; 2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2563 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number); 2564 } 2565 else 2566 { 2567 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2568 { 2569 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1; 2570 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL; 2571 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2572 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s", 2573 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n"); 2574 if (hw_bp_err_string) 2575 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string); 2576 } 2577 else 2578 { 2579 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2580 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", 2581 bl->owner->number); 2582 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, 2583 "Error accessing memory address "); 2584 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address), 2585 tmp_error_stream); 2586 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n", 2587 safe_strerror (val)); 2588 } 2589 2590 } 2591 } 2592 else 2593 bl->inserted = 1; 2594 2595 return val; 2596 } 2597 2598 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint 2599 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing 2600 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */ 2601 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) 2602 { 2603 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL 2604 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL); 2605 2606 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl); 2607 2608 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not 2609 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */ 2610 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read) 2611 { 2612 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; 2613 2614 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another 2615 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate 2616 of this one. */ 2617 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) 2618 if (loc != bl 2619 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access 2620 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc)) 2621 { 2622 bl->duplicate = 1; 2623 bl->inserted = 1; 2624 bl->target_info = loc->target_info; 2625 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access; 2626 val = 0; 2627 break; 2628 } 2629 2630 if (val == 1) 2631 { 2632 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access; 2633 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl); 2634 2635 if (val) 2636 /* Back to the original value. */ 2637 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read; 2638 } 2639 } 2640 2641 bl->inserted = (val == 0); 2642 } 2643 2644 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint) 2645 { 2646 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL 2647 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL); 2648 2649 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl); 2650 if (val) 2651 { 2652 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled; 2653 2654 if (val == 1) 2655 warning (_("\ 2656 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\ 2657 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number); 2658 else 2659 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number); 2660 } 2661 2662 bl->inserted = (val == 0); 2663 2664 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem 2665 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint, 2666 so just return success. */ 2667 return 0; 2668 } 2669 2670 return 0; 2671 } 2672 2673 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be 2674 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference 2675 PSPACE anymore. */ 2676 2677 void 2678 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace) 2679 { 2680 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp; 2681 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; 2682 2683 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */ 2684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp) 2685 { 2686 if (b->pspace == pspace) 2687 delete_breakpoint (b); 2688 } 2689 2690 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations 2691 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */ 2692 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) 2693 { 2694 struct bp_location *tmp; 2695 2696 if (loc->pspace == pspace) 2697 { 2698 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 2699 if (loc->owner->loc == loc) 2700 loc->owner->loc = loc->next; 2701 else 2702 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next) 2703 if (tmp->next == loc) 2704 { 2705 tmp->next = loc->next; 2706 break; 2707 } 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the 2712 removed locations above. */ 2713 update_global_location_list (0); 2714 } 2715 2716 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior. 2717 Throws exception on any error. 2718 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted 2719 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */ 2720 void 2721 insert_breakpoints (void) 2722 { 2723 struct breakpoint *bpt; 2724 2725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 2726 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) 2727 { 2728 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt; 2729 2730 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */); 2731 } 2732 2733 update_global_location_list (1); 2734 2735 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when 2736 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them 2737 now. */ 2738 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()) 2739 insert_breakpoint_locations (); 2740 } 2741 2742 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */ 2743 2744 void 2745 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback) 2746 { 2747 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp; 2748 2749 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp) 2750 { 2751 callback (loc, NULL); 2752 } 2753 } 2754 2755 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the 2756 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using 2757 always-inserted mode. */ 2758 2759 static void 2760 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void) 2761 { 2762 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 2763 int error_flag = 0; 2764 int val = 0; 2765 int disabled_breaks = 0; 2766 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0; 2767 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0; 2768 2769 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); 2770 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); 2771 2772 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if 2773 there was an error. */ 2774 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n"); 2775 2776 save_current_space_and_thread (); 2777 2778 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 2779 { 2780 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware 2781 breakpoints. */ 2782 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner)) 2783 continue; 2784 2785 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted 2786 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during 2787 deletion of breakpoints. */ 2788 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update)) 2789 continue; 2790 2791 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace); 2792 2793 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need 2794 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even 2795 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still 2796 insert breakpoints. */ 2797 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()) 2798 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 2799 continue; 2800 2801 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks, 2802 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported); 2803 if (val) 2804 error_flag = val; 2805 } 2806 2807 if (error_flag) 2808 { 2809 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 2810 error_stream (tmp_error_stream); 2811 } 2812 2813 do_cleanups (cleanups); 2814 } 2815 2816 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */ 2817 2818 static void 2819 insert_breakpoint_locations (void) 2820 { 2821 struct breakpoint *bpt; 2822 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 2823 int error_flag = 0; 2824 int val = 0; 2825 int disabled_breaks = 0; 2826 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0; 2827 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0; 2828 2829 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); 2830 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); 2831 2832 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if 2833 there was an error. */ 2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n"); 2835 2836 save_current_space_and_thread (); 2837 2838 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 2839 { 2840 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update)) 2841 continue; 2842 2843 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if 2844 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location 2845 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 2846 if (bl->owner->thread != -1 2847 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread)) 2848 continue; 2849 2850 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace); 2851 2852 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need 2853 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even 2854 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still 2855 insert breakpoints. */ 2856 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()) 2857 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 2858 continue; 2859 2860 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks, 2861 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already); 2862 if (val) 2863 error_flag = val; 2864 } 2865 2866 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove 2867 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */ 2868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 2869 { 2870 int some_failed = 0; 2871 struct bp_location *loc; 2872 2873 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) 2874 continue; 2875 2876 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) 2877 continue; 2878 2879 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 2880 continue; 2881 2882 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 2883 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc)) 2884 { 2885 some_failed = 1; 2886 break; 2887 } 2888 if (some_failed) 2889 { 2890 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 2891 if (loc->inserted) 2892 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted); 2893 2894 hw_breakpoint_error = 1; 2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2896 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n", 2897 bpt->number); 2898 error_flag = -1; 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 if (error_flag) 2903 { 2904 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a 2905 message about possibly exhausted resources. */ 2906 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already) 2907 { 2908 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 2909 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\ 2910 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n"); 2911 } 2912 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 2913 error_stream (tmp_error_stream); 2914 } 2915 2916 do_cleanups (cleanups); 2917 } 2918 2919 /* Used when the program stops. 2920 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem 2921 removing a breakpoint location. */ 2922 2923 int 2924 remove_breakpoints (void) 2925 { 2926 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 2927 int val = 0; 2928 2929 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 2930 { 2931 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner)) 2932 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted); 2933 } 2934 return val; 2935 } 2936 2937 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */ 2938 2939 int 2940 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid) 2941 { 2942 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 2943 int val; 2944 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); 2945 2946 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 2947 { 2948 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace) 2949 continue; 2950 2951 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf) 2952 continue; 2953 2954 if (bl->inserted) 2955 { 2956 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted); 2957 if (val != 0) 2958 return val; 2959 } 2960 } 2961 return 0; 2962 } 2963 2964 int 2965 reattach_breakpoints (int pid) 2966 { 2967 struct cleanup *old_chain; 2968 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 2969 int val; 2970 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream; 2971 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0; 2972 struct inferior *inf; 2973 struct thread_info *tp; 2974 2975 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid); 2976 if (tp == NULL) 2977 return 1; 2978 2979 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); 2980 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); 2981 2982 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid; 2983 2984 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); 2985 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); 2986 2987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 2988 { 2989 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace) 2990 continue; 2991 2992 if (bl->inserted) 2993 { 2994 bl->inserted = 0; 2995 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3); 2996 if (val != 0) 2997 { 2998 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2999 return val; 3000 } 3001 } 3002 } 3003 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3004 return 0; 3005 } 3006 3007 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1; 3008 3009 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL. 3010 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated 3011 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented. 3012 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from 3013 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints 3014 do not set the internal var bpnum. */ 3015 static void 3016 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b) 3017 { 3018 if (internal) 3019 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; 3020 else 3021 { 3022 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 3023 b->number = breakpoint_count; 3024 } 3025 } 3026 3027 static struct breakpoint * 3028 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 3029 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type, 3030 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 3031 { 3032 struct symtab_and_line sal; 3033 struct breakpoint *b; 3034 3035 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */ 3036 3037 sal.pc = address; 3038 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc); 3039 sal.pspace = current_program_space; 3040 3041 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops); 3042 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; 3043 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 3044 3045 return b; 3046 } 3047 3048 static const char *const longjmp_names[] = 3049 { 3050 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp" 3051 }; 3052 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names) 3053 3054 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */ 3055 struct breakpoint_objfile_data 3056 { 3057 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */ 3058 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym; 3059 3060 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */ 3061 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES]; 3062 3063 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */ 3064 int longjmp_searched; 3065 3066 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */ 3067 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes; 3068 3069 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */ 3070 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym; 3071 3072 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */ 3073 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym; 3074 3075 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */ 3076 int exception_searched; 3077 3078 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */ 3079 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes; 3080 }; 3081 3082 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key; 3083 3084 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */ 3085 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found; 3086 3087 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */ 3088 3089 static int 3090 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym) 3091 { 3092 return msym == &msym_not_found; 3093 } 3094 3095 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c. 3096 Allocate the data if necessary. */ 3097 3098 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data * 3099 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile) 3100 { 3101 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data; 3102 3103 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key); 3104 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL) 3105 { 3106 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, 3107 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data)); 3108 3109 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data)); 3110 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data); 3111 } 3112 return bp_objfile_data; 3113 } 3114 3115 static void 3116 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data) 3117 { 3118 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data; 3119 3120 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes); 3121 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes); 3122 } 3123 3124 static void 3125 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void) 3126 { 3127 struct objfile *objfile; 3128 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event"; 3129 3130 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 3131 { 3132 struct breakpoint *b; 3133 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data; 3134 CORE_ADDR addr; 3135 3136 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile); 3137 3138 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym)) 3139 continue; 3140 3141 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL) 3142 { 3143 struct minimal_symbol *m; 3144 3145 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); 3146 if (m == NULL) 3147 { 3148 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */ 3149 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found; 3150 continue; 3151 } 3152 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m; 3153 } 3154 3155 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym); 3156 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr, 3157 bp_overlay_event, 3158 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3159 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 3160 3161 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto) 3162 { 3163 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 3164 overlay_events_enabled = 1; 3165 } 3166 else 3167 { 3168 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3169 overlay_events_enabled = 0; 3170 } 3171 } 3172 update_global_location_list (1); 3173 } 3174 3175 static void 3176 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void) 3177 { 3178 struct program_space *pspace; 3179 struct cleanup *old_chain; 3180 3181 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 3182 3183 ALL_PSPACES (pspace) 3184 { 3185 struct objfile *objfile; 3186 3187 set_current_program_space (pspace); 3188 3189 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 3190 { 3191 int i; 3192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch; 3193 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data; 3194 3195 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); 3196 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch)) 3197 continue; 3198 3199 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile); 3200 3201 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched) 3202 { 3203 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes 3204 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp"); 3205 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1; 3206 } 3207 3208 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL) 3209 { 3210 int i; 3211 struct probe *probe; 3212 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); 3213 3214 for (i = 0; 3215 VEC_iterate (probe_p, 3216 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes, 3217 i, probe); 3218 ++i) 3219 { 3220 struct breakpoint *b; 3221 3222 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address, 3223 bp_longjmp_master, 3224 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3225 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp"); 3226 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3227 } 3228 3229 continue; 3230 } 3231 3232 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++) 3233 { 3234 struct breakpoint *b; 3235 const char *func_name; 3236 CORE_ADDR addr; 3237 3238 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i])) 3239 continue; 3240 3241 func_name = longjmp_names[i]; 3242 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL) 3243 { 3244 struct minimal_symbol *m; 3245 3246 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); 3247 if (m == NULL) 3248 { 3249 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */ 3250 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found; 3251 continue; 3252 } 3253 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m; 3254 } 3255 3256 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]); 3257 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master, 3258 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 3260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3261 } 3262 } 3263 } 3264 update_global_location_list (1); 3265 3266 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3267 } 3268 3269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */ 3270 static void 3271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void) 3272 { 3273 struct program_space *pspace; 3274 struct cleanup *old_chain; 3275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()"; 3276 3277 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 3278 3279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace) 3280 { 3281 struct objfile *objfile; 3282 CORE_ADDR addr; 3283 3284 set_current_program_space (pspace); 3285 3286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 3287 { 3288 struct breakpoint *b; 3289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data; 3290 3291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile); 3292 3293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym)) 3294 continue; 3295 3296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL) 3297 { 3298 struct minimal_symbol *m; 3299 3300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile); 3301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text 3302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text)) 3303 { 3304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */ 3305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found; 3306 continue; 3307 } 3308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m; 3309 } 3310 3311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym); 3312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr, 3313 bp_std_terminate_master, 3314 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3315 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 3316 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3317 } 3318 } 3319 3320 update_global_location_list (1); 3321 3322 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3323 } 3324 3325 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */ 3326 3327 static void 3328 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void) 3329 { 3330 struct objfile *objfile; 3331 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook"; 3332 3333 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 3334 { 3335 struct breakpoint *b; 3336 struct gdbarch *gdbarch; 3337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data; 3338 CORE_ADDR addr; 3339 3340 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile); 3341 3342 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */ 3343 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched) 3344 { 3345 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes 3346 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind"); 3347 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1; 3348 } 3349 3350 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL) 3351 { 3352 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); 3353 int i; 3354 struct probe *probe; 3355 3356 for (i = 0; 3357 VEC_iterate (probe_p, 3358 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes, 3359 i, probe); 3360 ++i) 3361 { 3362 struct breakpoint *b; 3363 3364 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address, 3365 bp_exception_master, 3366 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3367 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind"); 3368 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3369 } 3370 3371 continue; 3372 } 3373 3374 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */ 3375 3376 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym)) 3377 continue; 3378 3379 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); 3380 3381 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL) 3382 { 3383 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook; 3384 3385 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile); 3386 if (debug_hook == NULL) 3387 { 3388 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found; 3389 continue; 3390 } 3391 3392 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook; 3393 } 3394 3395 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym); 3396 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr, 3397 ¤t_target); 3398 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master, 3399 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 3400 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 3401 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 3402 } 3403 3404 update_global_location_list (1); 3405 } 3406 3407 void 3408 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void) 3409 { 3410 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 3411 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp; 3412 3413 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the 3414 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by 3415 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The 3416 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not 3417 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking 3418 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that 3419 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete 3420 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */ 3421 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp) 3422 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space) 3423 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted); 3424 3425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 3426 { 3427 if (b->pspace != current_program_space) 3428 continue; 3429 3430 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ 3431 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event) 3432 { 3433 delete_breakpoint (b); 3434 continue; 3435 } 3436 3437 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ 3438 if (b->type == bp_jit_event) 3439 { 3440 delete_breakpoint (b); 3441 continue; 3442 } 3443 3444 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(), 3445 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */ 3446 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event 3447 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master 3448 || b->type == bp_exception_master) 3449 { 3450 delete_breakpoint (b); 3451 continue; 3452 } 3453 3454 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */ 3455 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume) 3456 { 3457 delete_breakpoint (b); 3458 continue; 3459 } 3460 3461 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless 3462 after an exec. */ 3463 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume 3464 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy 3465 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume) 3466 { 3467 delete_breakpoint (b); 3468 continue; 3469 } 3470 3471 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint) 3472 { 3473 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to 3474 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of 3475 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add 3476 a new method, and call this method from here. */ 3477 continue; 3478 } 3479 3480 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able 3481 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user 3482 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just 3483 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting 3484 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish 3485 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec. 3486 3487 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But 3488 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to 3489 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a 3490 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish 3491 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command 3492 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint. 3493 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish. 3494 3495 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know 3496 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?" 3497 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and 3498 let finish_command delete it. 3499 3500 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's 3501 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees 3502 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's 3503 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the 3504 solib breakpoints.) */ 3505 3506 if (b->type == bp_finish) 3507 { 3508 continue; 3509 } 3510 3511 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the 3512 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec() 3513 a.out. */ 3514 if (b->addr_string == NULL) 3515 { 3516 delete_breakpoint (b); 3517 continue; 3518 } 3519 } 3520 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */ 3521 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (); 3522 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (); 3523 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (); 3524 create_exception_master_breakpoint (); 3525 } 3526 3527 int 3528 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid) 3529 { 3530 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3531 int val = 0; 3532 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); 3533 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 3534 3535 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid)) 3536 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid")); 3537 3538 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */ 3539 inferior_ptid = ptid; 3540 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3541 { 3542 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace) 3543 continue; 3544 3545 if (bl->inserted) 3546 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted); 3547 } 3548 3549 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */ 3550 detach_single_step_breakpoints (); 3551 3552 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3553 return val; 3554 } 3555 3556 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space. 3557 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork. 3558 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither 3559 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should 3560 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */ 3561 3562 static int 3563 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is) 3564 { 3565 int val; 3566 3567 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ 3568 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL); 3569 3570 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 3571 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ 3572 return 0; 3573 3574 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. 3575 This should not ever happen. */ 3576 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none); 3577 3578 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 3579 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 3580 { 3581 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard 3582 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a 3583 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */ 3584 3585 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ 3586 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off 3587 || bl->section == NULL 3588 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section))) 3589 { 3590 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */ 3591 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl); 3592 } 3593 else 3594 { 3595 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. 3596 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ 3597 if (!overlay_events_enabled) 3598 { 3599 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we 3600 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it. 3601 */ 3602 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will 3603 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */ 3604 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 3605 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, 3606 &bl->overlay_target_info); 3607 else 3608 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, 3609 &bl->overlay_target_info); 3610 } 3611 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA? 3612 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */ 3613 if (bl->inserted) 3614 { 3615 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to 3616 remove the breakpoint if the section had been 3617 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We 3618 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */ 3619 3620 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only 3621 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite 3622 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */ 3623 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint 3624 || section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3625 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl); 3626 else 3627 val = 0; 3628 } 3629 else 3630 { 3631 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */ 3632 val = 0; 3633 } 3634 } 3635 3636 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint 3637 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we 3638 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */ 3639 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)) 3640 val = 0; 3641 3642 if (val) 3643 return val; 3644 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 3645 } 3646 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint) 3647 { 3648 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL 3649 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL); 3650 3651 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 3652 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl); 3653 3654 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */ 3655 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted)) 3656 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."), 3657 bl->owner->number); 3658 } 3659 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint 3660 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner) 3661 && !bl->duplicate) 3662 { 3663 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL 3664 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL); 3665 3666 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl); 3667 if (val) 3668 return val; 3669 3670 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 3671 } 3672 3673 return 0; 3674 } 3675 3676 static int 3677 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is) 3678 { 3679 int ret; 3680 struct cleanup *old_chain; 3681 3682 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ 3683 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL); 3684 3685 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 3686 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ 3687 return 0; 3688 3689 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. 3690 This should not ever happen. */ 3691 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none); 3692 3693 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 3694 3695 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace); 3696 3697 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is); 3698 3699 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3700 return ret; 3701 } 3702 3703 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */ 3704 3705 void 3706 mark_breakpoints_out (void) 3707 { 3708 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3709 3710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3711 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space) 3712 bl->inserted = 0; 3713 } 3714 3715 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any 3716 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program. 3717 3718 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints 3719 between runs. 3720 3721 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by 3722 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by 3723 init_wait_for_inferior). */ 3724 3725 3726 3727 void 3728 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context) 3729 { 3730 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 3731 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3732 int ix; 3733 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space; 3734 3735 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's 3736 nothing to do. */ 3737 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())) 3738 return; 3739 3740 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3741 { 3742 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 3743 if (bl->pspace == pspace 3744 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) 3745 bl->inserted = 0; 3746 } 3747 3748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 3749 { 3750 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace) 3751 continue; 3752 3753 switch (b->type) 3754 { 3755 case bp_call_dummy: 3756 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy: 3757 3758 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will 3759 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get 3760 rid of it. */ 3761 3762 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 3763 3764 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */ 3765 3766 case bp_shlib_event: 3767 3768 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may 3769 have changed since the last time we ran the program. 3770 Actually we may now be debugging against different target; 3771 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may 3772 not be used in by the target. E.g., 3773 3774 (gdb) file prog-linux 3775 (gdb) run # native linux target 3776 ... 3777 (gdb) kill 3778 (gdb) file prog-win.exe 3779 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver. 3780 */ 3781 3782 case bp_step_resume: 3783 3784 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */ 3785 3786 delete_breakpoint (b); 3787 break; 3788 3789 case bp_watchpoint: 3790 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 3791 case bp_read_watchpoint: 3792 case bp_access_watchpoint: 3793 { 3794 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 3795 3796 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */ 3797 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL) 3798 delete_breakpoint (b); 3799 else if (context == inf_starting) 3800 { 3801 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in 3802 insert_breakpoints. */ 3803 if (w->val) 3804 value_free (w->val); 3805 w->val = NULL; 3806 w->val_valid = 0; 3807 } 3808 } 3809 break; 3810 default: 3811 break; 3812 } 3813 } 3814 3815 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */ 3816 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix) 3817 decref_bp_location (&bl); 3818 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations); 3819 } 3820 3821 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the 3822 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if 3823 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space 3824 match, not program space. */ 3825 3826 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint 3827 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an 3828 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a 3829 permanent breakpoint. 3830 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we 3831 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints. 3832 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we 3833 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by 3834 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */ 3835 3836 enum breakpoint_here 3837 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 3838 { 3839 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3840 int any_breakpoint_here = 0; 3841 3842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3843 { 3844 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 3845 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 3846 continue; 3847 3848 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 3849 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner) 3850 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 3851 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc)) 3852 { 3853 if (overlay_debugging 3854 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 3855 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3856 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 3857 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 3858 return permanent_breakpoint_here; 3859 else 3860 any_breakpoint_here = 1; 3861 } 3862 } 3863 3864 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0; 3865 } 3866 3867 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */ 3868 3869 int 3870 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 3871 { 3872 struct bp_location *loc; 3873 int ix; 3874 3875 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 3876 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc)) 3877 return 1; 3878 3879 return 0; 3880 } 3881 3882 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is 3883 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array 3884 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which 3885 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */ 3886 3887 int 3888 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, 3889 CORE_ADDR pc) 3890 { 3891 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3892 3893 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3894 { 3895 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 3896 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 3897 continue; 3898 3899 if (bl->inserted 3900 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc)) 3901 { 3902 if (overlay_debugging 3903 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 3904 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3905 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 3906 else 3907 return 1; 3908 } 3909 } 3910 return 0; 3911 } 3912 3913 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint 3914 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */ 3915 3916 int 3917 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 3918 { 3919 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 3920 return 1; 3921 3922 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 3923 return 1; 3924 3925 return 0; 3926 } 3927 3928 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint 3929 inserted at PC. */ 3930 3931 int 3932 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, 3933 CORE_ADDR pc) 3934 { 3935 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 3936 3937 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 3938 { 3939 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) 3940 continue; 3941 3942 if (bl->inserted 3943 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, 3944 aspace, pc)) 3945 { 3946 if (overlay_debugging 3947 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 3948 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3949 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 3950 else 3951 return 1; 3952 } 3953 } 3954 3955 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */ 3956 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 3957 return 1; 3958 3959 return 0; 3960 } 3961 3962 int 3963 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace, 3964 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len) 3965 { 3966 struct breakpoint *bpt; 3967 3968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 3969 { 3970 struct bp_location *loc; 3971 3972 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint 3973 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint) 3974 continue; 3975 3976 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) 3977 continue; 3978 3979 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 3980 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted) 3981 { 3982 CORE_ADDR l, h; 3983 3984 /* Check for intersection. */ 3985 l = max (loc->address, addr); 3986 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len); 3987 if (l < h) 3988 return 1; 3989 } 3990 } 3991 return 0; 3992 } 3993 3994 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at 3995 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */ 3996 3997 int 3998 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc, 3999 ptid_t ptid) 4000 { 4001 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 4002 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */ 4003 int thread = -1; 4004 int task = 0; 4005 4006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 4007 { 4008 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 4009 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 4010 continue; 4011 4012 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 4013 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner) 4014 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) 4015 continue; 4016 4017 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc)) 4018 continue; 4019 4020 if (bl->owner->thread != -1) 4021 { 4022 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid 4023 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet, 4024 it is now time to do so. */ 4025 if (thread == -1) 4026 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); 4027 if (bl->owner->thread != thread) 4028 continue; 4029 } 4030 4031 if (bl->owner->task != 0) 4032 { 4033 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid 4034 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet, 4035 it is now time to do so. */ 4036 if (task == 0) 4037 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid); 4038 if (bl->owner->task != task) 4039 continue; 4040 } 4041 4042 if (overlay_debugging 4043 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 4044 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 4045 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 4046 4047 return 1; 4048 } 4049 4050 return 0; 4051 } 4052 4053 4054 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented 4055 in breakpoint.h. */ 4056 4057 int 4058 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep) 4059 { 4060 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint); 4061 } 4062 4063 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the 4064 'next' chain. */ 4065 4066 static void 4067 bpstat_free (bpstat bs) 4068 { 4069 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 4070 value_free (bs->old_val); 4071 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); 4072 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at); 4073 xfree (bs); 4074 } 4075 4076 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint. 4077 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */ 4078 4079 void 4080 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp) 4081 { 4082 bpstat p; 4083 bpstat q; 4084 4085 if (bsp == 0) 4086 return; 4087 p = *bsp; 4088 while (p != NULL) 4089 { 4090 q = p->next; 4091 bpstat_free (p); 4092 p = q; 4093 } 4094 *bsp = NULL; 4095 } 4096 4097 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that 4098 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */ 4099 4100 bpstat 4101 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs) 4102 { 4103 bpstat p = NULL; 4104 bpstat tmp; 4105 bpstat retval = NULL; 4106 4107 if (bs == NULL) 4108 return bs; 4109 4110 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4111 { 4112 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp)); 4113 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp)); 4114 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands); 4115 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at); 4116 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 4117 { 4118 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val); 4119 release_value (tmp->old_val); 4120 } 4121 4122 if (p == NULL) 4123 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */ 4124 retval = tmp; 4125 else 4126 p->next = tmp; 4127 p = tmp; 4128 } 4129 p->next = NULL; 4130 return retval; 4131 } 4132 4133 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */ 4134 4135 bpstat 4136 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint) 4137 { 4138 if (bsp == NULL) 4139 return NULL; 4140 4141 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next) 4142 { 4143 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint) 4144 return bsp; 4145 } 4146 return NULL; 4147 } 4148 4149 /* See breakpoint.h. */ 4150 4151 enum bpstat_signal_value 4152 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig) 4153 { 4154 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO; 4155 4156 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next) 4157 { 4158 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least 4159 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */ 4160 enum bpstat_signal_value newval; 4161 4162 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL) 4163 { 4164 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than 4165 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */ 4166 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP) 4167 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE; 4168 else 4169 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO; 4170 } 4171 else 4172 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at, 4173 sig); 4174 4175 if (newval > result) 4176 result = newval; 4177 } 4178 4179 return result; 4180 } 4181 4182 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are 4183 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the 4184 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be 4185 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num). 4186 4187 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints. 4188 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since 4189 we set it. 4190 Return 1 otherwise. */ 4191 4192 int 4193 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num) 4194 { 4195 struct breakpoint *b; 4196 4197 if ((*bsp) == NULL) 4198 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */ 4199 4200 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a 4201 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the 4202 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */ 4203 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at; 4204 *bsp = (*bsp)->next; 4205 if (b == NULL) 4206 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */ 4207 4208 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */ 4209 return 1; 4210 } 4211 4212 /* See breakpoint.h. */ 4213 4214 void 4215 bpstat_clear_actions (void) 4216 { 4217 struct thread_info *tp; 4218 bpstat bs; 4219 4220 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 4221 return; 4222 4223 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid); 4224 if (tp == NULL) 4225 return; 4226 4227 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4228 { 4229 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); 4230 4231 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 4232 { 4233 value_free (bs->old_val); 4234 bs->old_val = NULL; 4235 } 4236 } 4237 } 4238 4239 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */ 4240 4241 static void 4242 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void) 4243 { 4244 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 4245 { 4246 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread (); 4247 4248 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not 4249 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes 4250 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same 4251 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */ 4252 if (tp->control.in_infcall) 4253 return; 4254 } 4255 4256 breakpoint_proceeded = 1; 4257 } 4258 4259 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint 4260 command. */ 4261 static void 4262 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore) 4263 { 4264 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0; 4265 } 4266 4267 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent' 4268 or its equivalent. */ 4269 4270 static int 4271 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd) 4272 { 4273 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0 4274 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0)); 4275 } 4276 4277 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at 4278 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to 4279 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by 4280 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. 4281 4282 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that 4283 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the 4284 bpstat of the current thread. */ 4285 4286 static int 4287 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp) 4288 { 4289 bpstat bs; 4290 struct cleanup *old_chain; 4291 int again = 0; 4292 4293 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained 4294 in bs->commands. */ 4295 if (executing_breakpoint_commands) 4296 return 0; 4297 4298 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1; 4299 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0); 4300 4301 prevent_dont_repeat (); 4302 4303 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */ 4304 bs = *bsp; 4305 4306 breakpoint_proceeded = 0; 4307 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4308 { 4309 struct counted_command_line *ccmd; 4310 struct command_line *cmd; 4311 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain; 4312 4313 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one. 4314 4315 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like 4316 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which 4317 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't 4318 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to 4319 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's 4320 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we 4321 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free 4322 the tree when we're done. */ 4323 ccmd = bs->commands; 4324 bs->commands = NULL; 4325 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd); 4326 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL; 4327 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd)) 4328 { 4329 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */ 4330 cmd = cmd->next; 4331 } 4332 4333 while (cmd != NULL) 4334 { 4335 execute_control_command (cmd); 4336 4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded) 4338 break; 4339 else 4340 cmd = cmd->next; 4341 } 4342 4343 /* We can free this command tree now. */ 4344 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain); 4345 4346 if (breakpoint_proceeded) 4347 { 4348 if (target_can_async_p ()) 4349 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still 4350 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for 4351 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */ 4352 ; 4353 else 4354 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns 4355 we're already standing on the next breakpoint. 4356 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since 4357 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands -- 4358 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not 4359 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we 4360 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be 4361 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is 4362 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive 4363 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a 4364 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we 4365 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us 4366 with the new stop_bpstat. */ 4367 again = 1; 4368 break; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 do_cleanups (old_chain); 4372 return again; 4373 } 4374 4375 void 4376 bpstat_do_actions (void) 4377 { 4378 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup (); 4379 4380 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */ 4381 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid) 4382 && target_has_execution 4383 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid) 4384 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)) 4385 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior, 4386 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we 4387 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to 4388 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */ 4389 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat)) 4390 break; 4391 4392 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error); 4393 } 4394 4395 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */ 4396 4397 static void 4398 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream) 4399 { 4400 if (val == NULL) 4401 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>")); 4402 else 4403 { 4404 struct value_print_options opts; 4405 get_user_print_options (&opts); 4406 value_print (val, stream, &opts); 4407 } 4408 } 4409 4410 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we 4411 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value 4412 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we 4413 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to 4414 normal_stop(). */ 4415 4416 static enum print_stop_action 4417 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs) 4418 { 4419 switch (bs->print_it) 4420 { 4421 case print_it_noop: 4422 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */ 4423 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 4424 break; 4425 4426 case print_it_done: 4427 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the 4428 relevant messages. */ 4429 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 4430 break; 4431 4432 case print_it_normal: 4433 { 4434 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 4435 4436 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint 4437 which has since been deleted. */ 4438 if (b == NULL) 4439 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 4440 4441 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */ 4442 return b->ops->print_it (bs); 4443 } 4444 break; 4445 4446 default: 4447 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 4448 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value")); 4449 break; 4450 } 4451 } 4452 4453 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */ 4454 4455 static void 4456 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint) 4457 { 4458 int any_deleted 4459 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs); 4460 int any_added 4461 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs); 4462 4463 if (!is_catchpoint) 4464 { 4465 if (any_added || any_deleted) 4466 ui_out_text (current_uiout, 4467 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n")); 4468 else 4469 ui_out_text (current_uiout, 4470 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no " 4471 "libraries added or removed)\n")); 4472 } 4473 4474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout)) 4475 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason", 4476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT)); 4477 4478 if (any_deleted) 4479 { 4480 struct cleanup *cleanup; 4481 char *name; 4482 int ix; 4483 4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded ")); 4485 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout, 4486 "removed"); 4487 for (ix = 0; 4488 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs, 4489 ix, name); 4490 ++ix) 4491 { 4492 if (ix > 0) 4493 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " "); 4494 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name); 4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n"); 4496 } 4497 4498 do_cleanups (cleanup); 4499 } 4500 4501 if (any_added) 4502 { 4503 struct so_list *iter; 4504 int ix; 4505 struct cleanup *cleanup; 4506 4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded ")); 4508 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout, 4509 "added"); 4510 for (ix = 0; 4511 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs, 4512 ix, iter); 4513 ++ix) 4514 { 4515 if (ix > 0) 4516 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " "); 4517 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name); 4518 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n"); 4519 } 4520 4521 do_cleanups (cleanup); 4522 } 4523 } 4524 4525 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from 4526 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat 4527 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is 4528 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This 4529 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message 4530 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the 4531 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this 4532 routine is one of: 4533 4534 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing. 4535 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent 4536 code to print the location. An example is 4537 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by 4538 the location. 4539 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need 4540 to also print the location part of the message. 4541 An example is the catch/throw messages, which 4542 don't require a location appended to the end. 4543 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any 4544 further info to be printed. */ 4545 4546 enum print_stop_action 4547 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind) 4548 { 4549 int val; 4550 4551 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop. 4552 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not. 4553 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken 4554 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */ 4555 for (; bs; bs = bs->next) 4556 { 4557 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs); 4558 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY 4559 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC 4560 || val == PRINT_NOTHING) 4561 return val; 4562 } 4563 4564 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint, 4565 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an 4566 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */ 4567 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED) 4568 { 4569 print_solib_event (0); 4570 return PRINT_NOTHING; 4571 } 4572 4573 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start 4574 with and nothing was printed. */ 4575 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 4576 } 4577 4578 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is 4579 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition. 4580 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a 4581 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */ 4582 4583 static int 4584 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp) 4585 { 4586 struct value *mark = value_mark (); 4587 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp)); 4588 4589 value_free_to_mark (mark); 4590 return i; 4591 } 4592 4593 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */ 4594 4595 static bpstat 4596 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer) 4597 { 4598 bpstat bs; 4599 4600 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs)); 4601 bs->next = NULL; 4602 **bs_link_pointer = bs; 4603 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next; 4604 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner; 4605 bs->bp_location_at = bl; 4606 incref_bp_location (bl); 4607 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */ 4608 bs->commands = NULL; 4609 bs->old_val = NULL; 4610 bs->print_it = print_it_normal; 4611 return bs; 4612 } 4613 4614 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware 4615 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */ 4616 4617 int 4618 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws) 4619 { 4620 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint (); 4621 CORE_ADDR addr; 4622 struct breakpoint *b; 4623 4624 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint) 4625 { 4626 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints 4627 as not triggered. */ 4628 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4629 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 4630 { 4631 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 4632 4633 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; 4634 } 4635 4636 return 0; 4637 } 4638 4639 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr)) 4640 { 4641 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where. 4642 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */ 4643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4644 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 4645 { 4646 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 4647 4648 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown; 4649 } 4650 4651 return stopped_by_watchpoint; 4652 } 4653 4654 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints 4655 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not 4656 triggered. */ 4657 4658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4659 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 4660 { 4661 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 4662 struct bp_location *loc; 4663 4664 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; 4665 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 4666 { 4667 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b)) 4668 { 4669 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask; 4670 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask; 4671 4672 if (newaddr == start) 4673 { 4674 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; 4675 break; 4676 } 4677 } 4678 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */ 4679 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target, 4680 addr, loc->address, 4681 loc->length)) 4682 { 4683 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; 4684 break; 4685 } 4686 } 4687 } 4688 4689 return 1; 4690 } 4691 4692 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum 4693 because of check_errors). */ 4694 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */ 4695 #define WP_DELETED 1 4696 /* The value has changed. */ 4697 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2 4698 /* The value has not changed. */ 4699 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3 4700 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */ 4701 #define WP_IGNORE 4 4702 4703 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1 4704 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2 4705 4706 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value 4707 changed. 4708 4709 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void * 4710 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */ 4711 4712 static int 4713 watchpoint_check (void *p) 4714 { 4715 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p; 4716 struct watchpoint *b; 4717 struct frame_info *fr; 4718 int within_current_scope; 4719 4720 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */ 4721 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL); 4722 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at; 4723 4724 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the 4725 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread 4726 that was used to create the watchpoint. */ 4727 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) 4728 return WP_IGNORE; 4729 4730 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) 4731 within_current_scope = 1; 4732 else 4733 { 4734 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame (); 4735 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame); 4736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame); 4737 4738 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're 4739 still in the function but the stack frame has already been 4740 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local 4741 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating 4742 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further 4743 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current 4744 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other 4745 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and 4746 frame_find_by_id could error out. */ 4747 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc)) 4748 return WP_IGNORE; 4749 4750 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); 4751 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL); 4752 4753 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have 4754 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */ 4755 if (within_current_scope) 4756 { 4757 struct symbol *function; 4758 4759 function = get_frame_function (fr); 4760 if (function == NULL 4761 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block, 4762 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function))) 4763 within_current_scope = 0; 4764 } 4765 4766 if (within_current_scope) 4767 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected 4768 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect 4769 the user. */ 4770 select_frame (fr); 4771 } 4772 4773 if (within_current_scope) 4774 { 4775 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long* 4776 time before we return to the command level and call 4777 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we 4778 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */ 4779 4780 int pc = 0; 4781 struct value *mark; 4782 struct value *new_val; 4783 4784 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base)) 4785 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from 4786 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered 4787 a mask watchpoint. */ 4788 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED; 4789 4790 mark = value_mark (); 4791 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL); 4792 4793 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because 4794 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just 4795 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is 4796 not what we want. */ 4797 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL) 4798 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val))) 4799 { 4800 if (new_val != NULL) 4801 { 4802 release_value (new_val); 4803 value_free_to_mark (mark); 4804 } 4805 bs->old_val = b->val; 4806 b->val = new_val; 4807 b->val_valid = 1; 4808 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED; 4809 } 4810 else 4811 { 4812 /* Nothing changed. */ 4813 value_free_to_mark (mark); 4814 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED; 4815 } 4816 } 4817 else 4818 { 4819 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 4820 4821 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because 4822 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when 4823 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains 4824 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two 4825 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue). 4826 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and 4827 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal 4828 the first value assigned). */ 4829 /* We print all the stop information in 4830 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we 4831 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted 4832 already. So we have no choice but print the information 4833 here. */ 4834 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 4835 ui_out_field_string 4836 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE)); 4837 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint "); 4838 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number); 4839 ui_out_text (uiout, 4840 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\ 4841 which its expression is valid.\n"); 4842 4843 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */ 4844 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands); 4845 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b); 4846 4847 return WP_DELETED; 4848 } 4849 } 4850 4851 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting 4852 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should 4853 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */ 4854 4855 static int 4856 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, 4857 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 4858 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 4859 { 4860 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner; 4861 4862 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */ 4863 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 4864 4865 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws); 4866 } 4867 4868 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we 4869 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */ 4870 4871 static void 4872 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs) 4873 { 4874 const struct bp_location *bl; 4875 struct watchpoint *b; 4876 4877 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ 4878 bl = bs->bp_location_at; 4879 gdb_assert (bl != NULL); 4880 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at; 4881 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 4882 4883 { 4884 int must_check_value = 0; 4885 4886 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint) 4887 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the 4888 watched value. */ 4889 must_check_value = 1; 4890 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes) 4891 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access) 4892 and the target earlier reported an address watched by 4893 this watchpoint. */ 4894 must_check_value = 1; 4895 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown 4896 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 4897 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could 4898 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's 4899 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without 4900 a data address, we can't figure it out. */ 4901 must_check_value = 1; 4902 4903 if (must_check_value) 4904 { 4905 char *message 4906 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n", 4907 b->base.number); 4908 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); 4909 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message, 4910 RETURN_MASK_ALL); 4911 do_cleanups (cleanups); 4912 switch (e) 4913 { 4914 case WP_DELETED: 4915 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ 4916 bs->print_it = print_it_done; 4917 /* Stop. */ 4918 break; 4919 case WP_IGNORE: 4920 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 4921 bs->stop = 0; 4922 break; 4923 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED: 4924 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint) 4925 { 4926 /* There are two cases to consider here: 4927 4928 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads. 4929 In that case, trust the target, and always report 4930 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though 4931 reads don't cause value changes, the value may 4932 have changed since the last time it was read, and 4933 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see 4934 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of 4935 old value. 4936 4937 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both 4938 reads and writes. There are two ways this may 4939 happen: 4940 4941 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data 4942 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or 4943 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case 4944 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints. 4945 4946 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read 4947 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write 4948 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read 4949 watchpoint. 4950 4951 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads, 4952 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the 4953 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause 4954 changes. This still gives false positives when 4955 the program writes the same value to memory as 4956 what there was already in memory (we will confuse 4957 it for a read), but it's much better than 4958 nothing. */ 4959 4960 int other_write_watchpoint = 0; 4961 4962 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read) 4963 { 4964 struct breakpoint *other_b; 4965 4966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b) 4967 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 4968 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 4969 { 4970 struct watchpoint *other_w = 4971 (struct watchpoint *) other_b; 4972 4973 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered 4974 == watch_triggered_yes) 4975 { 4976 other_write_watchpoint = 1; 4977 break; 4978 } 4979 } 4980 } 4981 4982 if (other_write_watchpoint 4983 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access) 4984 { 4985 /* We're watching the same memory for writes, 4986 and the value changed since the last time we 4987 updated it, so this trap must be for a write. 4988 Ignore it. */ 4989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 4990 bs->stop = 0; 4991 } 4992 } 4993 break; 4994 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED: 4995 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 4996 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint) 4997 { 4998 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if 4999 the value hasn't changed. */ 5000 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 5001 bs->stop = 0; 5002 } 5003 /* Stop. */ 5004 break; 5005 default: 5006 /* Can't happen. */ 5007 case 0: 5008 /* Error from catch_errors. */ 5009 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number); 5010 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b); 5011 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ 5012 bs->print_it = print_it_done; 5013 break; 5014 } 5015 } 5016 else /* must_check_value == 0 */ 5017 { 5018 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but 5019 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no 5020 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print 5021 anything for this watchpoint. */ 5022 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 5023 bs->stop = 0; 5024 } 5025 } 5026 } 5027 5028 5029 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count) 5030 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this 5031 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */ 5032 5033 static void 5034 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid) 5035 { 5036 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); 5037 const struct bp_location *bl; 5038 struct breakpoint *b; 5039 5040 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ 5041 bl = bs->bp_location_at; 5042 gdb_assert (bl != NULL); 5043 b = bs->breakpoint_at; 5044 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 5045 5046 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we 5047 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a 5048 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */ 5049 5050 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id) 5051 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))) 5052 bs->stop = 0; 5053 else if (bs->stop) 5054 { 5055 int value_is_zero = 0; 5056 struct expression *cond; 5057 5058 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" 5059 method implemented. */ 5060 if (b->py_bp_object) 5061 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object); 5062 5063 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 5064 { 5065 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 5066 5067 cond = w->cond_exp; 5068 } 5069 else 5070 cond = bl->cond; 5071 5072 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) 5073 { 5074 int within_current_scope = 1; 5075 struct watchpoint * w; 5076 5077 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could 5078 be a long time before we return to the command level and 5079 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values 5080 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a 5081 function call. */ 5082 struct value *mark = value_mark (); 5083 5084 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 5085 w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 5086 else 5087 w = NULL; 5088 5089 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that 5090 the conditions will have the right context. Because we 5091 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's 5092 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start 5093 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the 5094 call site. */ 5095 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL) 5096 select_frame (get_current_frame ()); 5097 else 5098 { 5099 struct frame_info *frame; 5100 5101 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular 5102 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we 5103 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression 5104 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't 5105 really matter which instantiation of the function 5106 where the condition makes sense triggers the 5107 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch 5108 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to 5109 global on all threads that call `func', or catch 5110 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single 5111 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in 5112 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes 5113 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems 5114 intuitive. */ 5115 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block); 5116 if (frame != NULL) 5117 select_frame (frame); 5118 else 5119 within_current_scope = 0; 5120 } 5121 if (within_current_scope) 5122 value_is_zero 5123 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond, 5124 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n", 5125 RETURN_MASK_ALL); 5126 else 5127 { 5128 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested " 5129 "in the current scope")); 5130 /* If we failed to set the right context for this 5131 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */ 5132 value_is_zero = 0; 5133 } 5134 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */ 5135 value_free_to_mark (mark); 5136 } 5137 5138 if (cond && value_is_zero) 5139 { 5140 bs->stop = 0; 5141 } 5142 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id) 5143 { 5144 bs->stop = 0; 5145 } 5146 else if (b->ignore_count > 0) 5147 { 5148 b->ignore_count--; 5149 bs->stop = 0; 5150 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */ 5151 ++(b->hit_count); 5152 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 5153 } 5154 } 5155 } 5156 5157 5158 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address 5159 BP_ADDR in thread PTID. 5160 5161 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we 5162 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such 5163 that: 5164 5165 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer. 5166 5167 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null. 5168 5169 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or 5170 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for 5171 several reasons concurrently.) 5172 5173 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at, 5174 commands, FIXME??? fields. */ 5175 5176 bpstat 5177 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace, 5178 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid, 5179 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 5180 { 5181 struct breakpoint *b = NULL; 5182 struct bp_location *bl; 5183 struct bp_location *loc; 5184 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */ 5185 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head; 5186 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */ 5187 bpstat bs; 5188 int ix; 5189 int need_remove_insert; 5190 int removed_any; 5191 5192 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a 5193 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running, 5194 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint 5195 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with 5196 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include 5197 inferior function calls. */ 5198 5199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5200 { 5201 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 5202 continue; 5203 5204 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) 5205 { 5206 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first 5207 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the 5208 entire expression, not the individual locations. For 5209 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has 5210 checked all locations already. */ 5211 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc) 5212 break; 5213 5214 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled) 5215 continue; 5216 5217 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws)) 5218 continue; 5219 5220 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address 5221 matches. */ 5222 5223 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to 5224 explain stop. */ 5225 5226 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not 5227 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint 5228 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */ 5229 bs->stop = 1; 5230 bs->print = 1; 5231 5232 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated 5233 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the 5234 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next 5235 iteration. */ 5236 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b) 5237 { 5238 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint; 5239 5240 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; 5241 } 5242 } 5243 } 5244 5245 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 5246 { 5247 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)) 5248 { 5249 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link); 5250 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */ 5251 bs->stop = 0; 5252 bs->print = 0; 5253 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 5254 } 5255 } 5256 5257 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to 5258 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and 5259 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and 5260 "catch unload". */ 5261 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5262 { 5263 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event) 5264 { 5265 handle_solib_event (); 5266 break; 5267 } 5268 } 5269 5270 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and 5271 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher 5272 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */ 5273 5274 removed_any = 0; 5275 5276 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5277 { 5278 if (!bs->stop) 5279 continue; 5280 5281 b = bs->breakpoint_at; 5282 b->ops->check_status (bs); 5283 if (bs->stop) 5284 { 5285 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid); 5286 5287 if (bs->stop) 5288 { 5289 ++(b->hit_count); 5290 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 5291 5292 /* We will stop here. */ 5293 if (b->disposition == disp_disable) 5294 { 5295 --(b->enable_count); 5296 if (b->enable_count <= 0 5297 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 5298 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 5299 removed_any = 1; 5300 } 5301 if (b->silent) 5302 bs->print = 0; 5303 bs->commands = b->commands; 5304 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands); 5305 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands 5306 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL)) 5307 bs->print = 0; 5308 5309 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs); 5310 } 5311 5312 } 5313 5314 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't 5315 print. */ 5316 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print) 5317 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 5318 } 5319 5320 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may 5321 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are 5322 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get 5323 done later. */ 5324 need_remove_insert = 0; 5325 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head)) 5326 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5327 if (!bs->stop 5328 && bs->breakpoint_at 5329 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at)) 5330 { 5331 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at; 5332 5333 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */); 5334 need_remove_insert = 1; 5335 } 5336 5337 if (need_remove_insert) 5338 update_global_location_list (1); 5339 else if (removed_any) 5340 update_global_location_list (0); 5341 5342 return bs_head; 5343 } 5344 5345 static void 5346 handle_jit_event (void) 5347 { 5348 struct frame_info *frame; 5349 struct gdbarch *gdbarch; 5350 5351 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by 5352 breakpoint_re_set. */ 5353 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 5354 5355 frame = get_current_frame (); 5356 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame); 5357 5358 jit_event_handler (gdbarch); 5359 5360 target_terminal_inferior (); 5361 } 5362 5363 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */ 5364 5365 void 5366 handle_solib_event (void) 5367 { 5368 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace); 5369 5370 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to 5371 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages 5372 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */ 5373 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 5374 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD 5375 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); 5376 #else 5377 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); 5378 #endif 5379 target_terminal_inferior (); 5380 } 5381 5382 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */ 5383 5384 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */ 5385 5386 struct bpstat_what 5387 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head) 5388 { 5389 struct bpstat_what retval; 5390 int jit_event = 0; 5391 bpstat bs; 5392 5393 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; 5394 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE; 5395 retval.is_longjmp = 0; 5396 5397 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5398 { 5399 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check 5400 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */ 5401 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; 5402 enum bptype bptype; 5403 5404 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL) 5405 { 5406 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary 5407 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */ 5408 bptype = bp_none; 5409 } 5410 else 5411 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type; 5412 5413 switch (bptype) 5414 { 5415 case bp_none: 5416 break; 5417 case bp_breakpoint: 5418 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 5419 case bp_until: 5420 case bp_finish: 5421 case bp_shlib_event: 5422 if (bs->stop) 5423 { 5424 if (bs->print) 5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 5426 else 5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5428 } 5429 else 5430 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5431 break; 5432 case bp_watchpoint: 5433 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 5434 case bp_read_watchpoint: 5435 case bp_access_watchpoint: 5436 if (bs->stop) 5437 { 5438 if (bs->print) 5439 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 5440 else 5441 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5442 } 5443 else 5444 { 5445 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping. 5446 This requires no further action. */ 5447 } 5448 break; 5449 case bp_longjmp: 5450 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy: 5451 case bp_exception: 5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME; 5453 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception; 5454 break; 5455 case bp_longjmp_resume: 5456 case bp_exception_resume: 5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME; 5458 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume; 5459 break; 5460 case bp_step_resume: 5461 if (bs->stop) 5462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME; 5463 else 5464 { 5465 /* It is for the wrong frame. */ 5466 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5467 } 5468 break; 5469 case bp_hp_step_resume: 5470 if (bs->stop) 5471 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME; 5472 else 5473 { 5474 /* It is for the wrong frame. */ 5475 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5476 } 5477 break; 5478 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 5479 case bp_thread_event: 5480 case bp_overlay_event: 5481 case bp_longjmp_master: 5482 case bp_std_terminate_master: 5483 case bp_exception_master: 5484 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5485 break; 5486 case bp_catchpoint: 5487 if (bs->stop) 5488 { 5489 if (bs->print) 5490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 5491 else 5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5493 } 5494 else 5495 { 5496 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping. 5497 This requires no further action. */ 5498 } 5499 break; 5500 case bp_jit_event: 5501 jit_event = 1; 5502 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5503 break; 5504 case bp_call_dummy: 5505 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), 5506 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ 5507 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY; 5508 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5509 break; 5510 case bp_std_terminate: 5511 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), 5512 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ 5513 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE; 5514 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5515 break; 5516 case bp_tracepoint: 5517 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 5518 case bp_static_tracepoint: 5519 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and 5520 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered 5521 out already. */ 5522 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 5523 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered")); 5524 break; 5525 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver: 5526 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */ 5527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5528 break; 5529 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return: 5530 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the 5531 PC of the former breakpoint. */ 5532 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; 5533 break; 5534 5535 case bp_dprintf: 5536 if (bs->stop) 5537 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 5538 else 5539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 5540 break; 5541 5542 default: 5543 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 5544 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype); 5545 } 5546 5547 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action); 5548 } 5549 5550 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are 5551 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */ 5552 5553 if (jit_event) 5554 { 5555 if (debug_infrun) 5556 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n"); 5557 5558 handle_jit_event (); 5559 } 5560 5561 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5562 { 5563 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 5564 5565 if (b == NULL) 5566 continue; 5567 switch (b->type) 5568 { 5569 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver: 5570 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b); 5571 break; 5572 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return: 5573 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b); 5574 break; 5575 } 5576 } 5577 5578 return retval; 5579 } 5580 5581 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines 5582 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat, 5583 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */ 5584 5585 int 5586 bpstat_should_step (void) 5587 { 5588 struct breakpoint *b; 5589 5590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5591 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL) 5592 return 1; 5593 return 0; 5594 } 5595 5596 int 5597 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs) 5598 { 5599 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 5600 if (bs->stop) 5601 return 1; 5602 5603 return 0; 5604 } 5605 5606 5607 5608 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line 5609 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column 5610 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */ 5611 5612 static char * 5613 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name) 5614 { 5615 static char wrap_indent[80]; 5616 int i, total_width, width, align; 5617 char *text; 5618 5619 total_width = 0; 5620 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++) 5621 { 5622 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0) 5623 { 5624 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent); 5625 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width); 5626 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0; 5627 5628 return wrap_indent; 5629 } 5630 5631 total_width += width + 1; 5632 } 5633 5634 return NULL; 5635 } 5636 5637 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions 5638 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following: 5639 5640 "host": Host evals condition. 5641 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition. 5642 "target": Target evals condition. 5643 */ 5644 5645 static const char * 5646 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b) 5647 { 5648 struct bp_location *bl; 5649 char host_evals = 0; 5650 char target_evals = 0; 5651 5652 if (!b) 5653 return NULL; 5654 5655 if (!is_breakpoint (b)) 5656 return NULL; 5657 5658 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 5659 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 5660 return condition_evaluation_host; 5661 5662 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 5663 { 5664 if (bl->cond_bytecode) 5665 target_evals++; 5666 else 5667 host_evals++; 5668 } 5669 5670 if (host_evals && target_evals) 5671 return condition_evaluation_both; 5672 else if (target_evals) 5673 return condition_evaluation_target; 5674 else 5675 return condition_evaluation_host; 5676 } 5677 5678 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is 5679 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */ 5680 5681 static const char * 5682 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl) 5683 { 5684 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner)) 5685 return NULL; 5686 5687 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 5688 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 5689 return condition_evaluation_host; 5690 5691 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode) 5692 return condition_evaluation_target; 5693 else 5694 return condition_evaluation_host; 5695 } 5696 5697 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */ 5698 5699 static void 5700 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, 5701 struct bp_location *loc) 5702 { 5703 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 5704 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 5705 5706 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled) 5707 loc = NULL; 5708 5709 if (loc != NULL) 5710 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace); 5711 5712 if (b->display_canonical) 5713 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string); 5714 else if (loc && loc->symtab) 5715 { 5716 struct symbol *sym 5717 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section); 5718 if (sym) 5719 { 5720 ui_out_text (uiout, "in "); 5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", 5722 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); 5723 ui_out_text (uiout, " "); 5724 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what")); 5725 ui_out_text (uiout, "at "); 5726 } 5727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", 5728 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab)); 5729 ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); 5730 5731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", 5733 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab)); 5734 5735 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number); 5736 } 5737 else if (loc) 5738 { 5739 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen (); 5740 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb); 5741 5742 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb, 5743 demangle, ""); 5744 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb); 5745 5746 do_cleanups (stb_chain); 5747 } 5748 else 5749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string); 5750 5751 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b) 5752 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target 5753 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both) 5754 { 5755 ui_out_text (uiout, " ("); 5756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by", 5757 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc)); 5758 ui_out_text (uiout, ")"); 5759 } 5760 5761 do_cleanups (old_chain); 5762 } 5763 5764 static const char * 5765 bptype_string (enum bptype type) 5766 { 5767 struct ep_type_description 5768 { 5769 enum bptype type; 5770 char *description; 5771 }; 5772 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] = 5773 { 5774 {bp_none, "?deleted?"}, 5775 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"}, 5776 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"}, 5777 {bp_until, "until"}, 5778 {bp_finish, "finish"}, 5779 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"}, 5780 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"}, 5781 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"}, 5782 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"}, 5783 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"}, 5784 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"}, 5785 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"}, 5786 {bp_exception, "exception"}, 5787 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"}, 5788 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"}, 5789 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"}, 5790 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"}, 5791 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"}, 5792 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"}, 5793 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"}, 5794 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"}, 5795 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"}, 5796 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"}, 5797 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"}, 5798 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"}, 5799 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"}, 5800 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"}, 5801 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"}, 5802 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"}, 5803 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"}, 5804 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"}, 5805 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"}, 5806 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"}, 5807 }; 5808 5809 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) 5810 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type)) 5811 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 5812 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."), 5813 (int) type); 5814 5815 return bptypes[(int) type].description; 5816 } 5817 5818 DEF_VEC_I(int); 5819 5820 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value. 5821 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */ 5822 5823 static void 5824 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout, 5825 const char *field_name, 5826 VEC(int) *inf_num, 5827 int mi_only) 5828 { 5829 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, 5830 field_name); 5831 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout); 5832 int inf; 5833 int i; 5834 5835 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless 5836 there are several. Always display them for MI. */ 5837 if (!is_mi && mi_only) 5838 return; 5839 5840 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i) 5841 { 5842 if (is_mi) 5843 { 5844 char mi_group[10]; 5845 5846 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf); 5847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group); 5848 } 5849 else 5850 { 5851 if (i == 0) 5852 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf "); 5853 else 5854 ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); 5855 5856 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf)); 5857 } 5858 } 5859 5860 do_cleanups (back_to); 5861 } 5862 5863 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */ 5864 5865 static void 5866 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, 5867 struct bp_location *loc, 5868 int loc_number, 5869 struct bp_location **last_loc, 5870 int allflag) 5871 { 5872 struct command_line *l; 5873 static char bpenables[] = "nynny"; 5874 5875 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 5876 int header_of_multiple = 0; 5877 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL); 5878 struct value_print_options opts; 5879 5880 get_user_print_options (&opts); 5881 5882 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0); 5883 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of 5884 breakpoints with single disabled location. */ 5885 if (loc == NULL 5886 && (b->loc != NULL 5887 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled))) 5888 header_of_multiple = 1; 5889 if (loc == NULL) 5890 loc = b->loc; 5891 5892 annotate_record (); 5893 5894 /* 1 */ 5895 annotate_field (0); 5896 if (part_of_multiple) 5897 { 5898 char *formatted; 5899 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number); 5900 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted); 5901 xfree (formatted); 5902 } 5903 else 5904 { 5905 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 5906 } 5907 5908 /* 2 */ 5909 annotate_field (1); 5910 if (part_of_multiple) 5911 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type"); 5912 else 5913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type)); 5914 5915 /* 3 */ 5916 annotate_field (2); 5917 if (part_of_multiple) 5918 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp"); 5919 else 5920 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 5921 5922 5923 /* 4 */ 5924 annotate_field (3); 5925 if (part_of_multiple) 5926 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"); 5927 else 5928 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", 5929 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]); 5930 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2); 5931 5932 5933 /* 5 and 6 */ 5934 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL) 5935 { 5936 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations, 5937 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So, 5938 make sure there's just one location. */ 5939 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL); 5940 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc); 5941 } 5942 else 5943 switch (b->type) 5944 { 5945 case bp_none: 5946 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 5947 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n")); 5948 break; 5949 5950 case bp_watchpoint: 5951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 5952 case bp_read_watchpoint: 5953 case bp_access_watchpoint: 5954 { 5955 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 5956 5957 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 5958 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 5959 is relatively readable). */ 5960 if (opts.addressprint) 5961 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 5962 annotate_field (5); 5963 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string); 5964 } 5965 break; 5966 5967 case bp_breakpoint: 5968 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 5969 case bp_until: 5970 case bp_finish: 5971 case bp_longjmp: 5972 case bp_longjmp_resume: 5973 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy: 5974 case bp_exception: 5975 case bp_exception_resume: 5976 case bp_step_resume: 5977 case bp_hp_step_resume: 5978 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 5979 case bp_call_dummy: 5980 case bp_std_terminate: 5981 case bp_shlib_event: 5982 case bp_thread_event: 5983 case bp_overlay_event: 5984 case bp_longjmp_master: 5985 case bp_std_terminate_master: 5986 case bp_exception_master: 5987 case bp_tracepoint: 5988 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 5989 case bp_static_tracepoint: 5990 case bp_dprintf: 5991 case bp_jit_event: 5992 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver: 5993 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return: 5994 if (opts.addressprint) 5995 { 5996 annotate_field (4); 5997 if (header_of_multiple) 5998 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>"); 5999 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled) 6000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); 6001 else 6002 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", 6003 loc->gdbarch, loc->address); 6004 } 6005 annotate_field (5); 6006 if (!header_of_multiple) 6007 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc); 6008 if (b->loc) 6009 *last_loc = b->loc; 6010 break; 6011 } 6012 6013 6014 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple) 6015 { 6016 struct inferior *inf; 6017 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL; 6018 int mi_only = 1; 6019 6020 ALL_INFERIORS (inf) 6021 { 6022 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace) 6023 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num); 6024 } 6025 6026 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless 6027 there are several. Always display for MI. */ 6028 if (allflag 6029 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()) 6030 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1 6031 || number_of_inferiors () > 1) 6032 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in 6033 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */ 6034 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)) 6035 mi_only = 0; 6036 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only); 6037 VEC_free (int, inf_num); 6038 } 6039 6040 if (!part_of_multiple) 6041 { 6042 if (b->thread != -1) 6043 { 6044 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the 6045 "stop only in" line a little further down. */ 6046 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread "); 6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); 6048 } 6049 else if (b->task != 0) 6050 { 6051 ui_out_text (uiout, " task "); 6052 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task); 6053 } 6054 } 6055 6056 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 6057 6058 if (!part_of_multiple) 6059 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout); 6060 6061 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id)) 6062 { 6063 annotate_field (6); 6064 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at "); 6065 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside 6066 the frame ID. */ 6067 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", 6068 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr); 6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 6070 } 6071 6072 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string) 6073 { 6074 annotate_field (7); 6075 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 6076 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if "); 6077 else 6078 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if "); 6079 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string); 6080 6081 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition 6082 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */ 6083 if (is_breakpoint (b) 6084 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () 6085 == condition_evaluation_target) 6086 { 6087 ui_out_text (uiout, " ("); 6088 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by", 6089 bp_condition_evaluator (b)); 6090 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)"); 6091 } 6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 6093 } 6094 6095 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1) 6096 { 6097 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */ 6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread "); 6099 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); 6100 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 6101 } 6102 6103 if (!part_of_multiple) 6104 { 6105 if (b->hit_count) 6106 { 6107 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */ 6108 if (is_catchpoint (b)) 6109 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint"); 6110 else if (is_tracepoint (b)) 6111 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint"); 6112 else 6113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint"); 6114 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit "); 6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); 6116 if (b->hit_count == 1) 6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n"); 6118 else 6119 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n"); 6120 } 6121 else 6122 { 6123 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */ 6124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6125 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); 6126 } 6127 } 6128 6129 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count) 6130 { 6131 annotate_field (8); 6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next "); 6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count); 6134 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n"); 6135 } 6136 6137 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once" 6138 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and 6139 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */ 6140 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1) 6141 { 6142 annotate_field (8); 6143 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after "); 6144 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts 6145 are distinct, and have additive effect. */ 6146 if (b->ignore_count) 6147 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional "); 6148 else 6149 ui_out_text (uiout, "next "); 6150 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count); 6151 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n"); 6152 } 6153 6154 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b)) 6155 { 6156 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b; 6157 6158 if (tp->traceframe_usage) 6159 { 6160 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage "); 6161 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage); 6162 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n"); 6163 } 6164 } 6165 6166 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; 6167 if (!part_of_multiple && l) 6168 { 6169 struct cleanup *script_chain; 6170 6171 annotate_field (9); 6172 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script"); 6173 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4); 6174 do_cleanups (script_chain); 6175 } 6176 6177 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 6178 { 6179 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b; 6180 6181 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count) 6182 { 6183 annotate_field (10); 6184 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count "); 6185 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count); 6186 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); 6187 } 6188 6189 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is 6190 pending. */ 6191 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled) 6192 { 6193 annotate_field (11); 6194 6195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6196 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed", 6197 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n"); 6198 else 6199 { 6200 if (loc->inserted) 6201 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t"); 6202 else 6203 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot "); 6204 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n"); 6205 } 6206 } 6207 } 6208 6209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple) 6210 { 6211 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 6212 { 6213 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 6214 6215 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string); 6216 } 6217 else if (b->addr_string) 6218 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string); 6219 } 6220 } 6221 6222 static void 6223 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 6224 struct bp_location **last_loc, 6225 int allflag) 6226 { 6227 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain; 6228 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 6229 6230 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt"); 6231 6232 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag); 6233 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain); 6234 6235 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function, 6236 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual 6237 locations, if any. */ 6238 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL) 6239 { 6240 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we 6241 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's 6242 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled" 6243 situation. 6244 6245 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations 6246 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */ 6247 if (b->loc 6248 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b) 6249 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)) 6250 { 6251 struct bp_location *loc; 6252 int n = 1; 6253 6254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n) 6255 { 6256 struct cleanup *inner2 = 6257 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL); 6258 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag); 6259 do_cleanups (inner2); 6260 } 6261 } 6262 } 6263 } 6264 6265 static int 6266 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b) 6267 { 6268 int print_address_bits = 0; 6269 struct bp_location *loc; 6270 6271 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 6272 { 6273 int addr_bit; 6274 6275 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have 6276 an address to print. */ 6277 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1) 6278 continue; 6279 6280 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch); 6281 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) 6282 print_address_bits = addr_bit; 6283 } 6284 6285 return print_address_bits; 6286 } 6287 6288 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args 6289 { 6290 int bnum; 6291 }; 6292 6293 static int 6294 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data) 6295 { 6296 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data; 6297 struct breakpoint *b; 6298 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL; 6299 6300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6301 { 6302 if (args->bnum == b->number) 6303 { 6304 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0); 6305 return GDB_RC_OK; 6306 } 6307 } 6308 return GDB_RC_NONE; 6309 } 6310 6311 enum gdb_rc 6312 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, 6313 char **error_message) 6314 { 6315 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args; 6316 6317 args.bnum = bnum; 6318 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw 6319 an error. */ 6320 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args, 6321 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0) 6322 return GDB_RC_FAIL; 6323 else 6324 return GDB_RC_OK; 6325 } 6326 6327 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is 6328 internal or momentary. */ 6329 6330 int 6331 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b) 6332 { 6333 return b->number > 0; 6334 } 6335 6336 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc) 6337 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints. 6338 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If 6339 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the 6340 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of 6341 breakpoints listed. */ 6342 6343 static int 6344 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag, 6345 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) 6346 { 6347 struct breakpoint *b; 6348 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL; 6349 int nr_printable_breakpoints; 6350 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain; 6351 struct value_print_options opts; 6352 int print_address_bits = 0; 6353 int print_type_col_width = 14; 6354 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 6355 6356 get_user_print_options (&opts); 6357 6358 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size 6359 required for address fields. */ 6360 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0; 6361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6362 { 6363 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ 6364 if (filter && !filter (b)) 6365 continue; 6366 6367 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to 6368 accept. Skip the others. */ 6369 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0') 6370 { 6371 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number) 6372 continue; 6373 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number)) 6374 continue; 6375 } 6376 6377 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b)) 6378 { 6379 int addr_bit, type_len; 6380 6381 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b); 6382 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) 6383 print_address_bits = addr_bit; 6384 6385 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type)); 6386 if (type_len > print_type_col_width) 6387 print_type_col_width = type_len; 6388 6389 nr_printable_breakpoints++; 6390 } 6391 } 6392 6393 if (opts.addressprint) 6394 bkpttbl_chain 6395 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, 6396 nr_printable_breakpoints, 6397 "BreakpointTable"); 6398 else 6399 bkpttbl_chain 6400 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, 6401 nr_printable_breakpoints, 6402 "BreakpointTable"); 6403 6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6405 annotate_breakpoints_headers (); 6406 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6407 annotate_field (0); 6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ 6409 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6410 annotate_field (1); 6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left, 6412 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ 6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6414 annotate_field (2); 6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ 6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6417 annotate_field (3); 6418 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ 6419 if (opts.addressprint) 6420 { 6421 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6422 annotate_field (4); 6423 if (print_address_bits <= 32) 6424 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, 6425 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */ 6426 else 6427 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, 6428 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */ 6429 } 6430 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6431 annotate_field (5); 6432 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ 6433 ui_out_table_body (uiout); 6434 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 6435 annotate_breakpoints_table (); 6436 6437 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6438 { 6439 QUIT; 6440 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ 6441 if (filter && !filter (b)) 6442 continue; 6443 6444 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to 6445 accept. Skip the others. */ 6446 6447 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0') 6448 { 6449 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */ 6450 { 6451 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number) 6452 continue; 6453 } 6454 else /* all others */ 6455 { 6456 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number)) 6457 continue; 6458 } 6459 } 6460 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the 6461 allflag is set. */ 6462 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b)) 6463 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag); 6464 } 6465 6466 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain); 6467 6468 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0) 6469 { 6470 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report 6471 empty list. */ 6472 if (!filter) 6473 { 6474 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0') 6475 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n"); 6476 else 6477 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, 6478 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", 6479 args); 6480 } 6481 } 6482 else 6483 { 6484 if (last_loc && !server_command) 6485 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address); 6486 } 6487 6488 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when 6489 there have been breakpoints? */ 6490 annotate_breakpoints_table_end (); 6491 6492 return nr_printable_breakpoints; 6493 } 6494 6495 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally 6496 compatible with the breakpoint list. */ 6497 6498 static void 6499 default_collect_info (void) 6500 { 6501 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 6502 6503 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a 6504 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's 6505 not wanted. */ 6506 if (!*default_collect) 6507 return; 6508 6509 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect 6510 actions. */ 6511 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect "); 6512 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect); 6513 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); 6514 } 6515 6516 static void 6517 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty) 6518 { 6519 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL); 6520 6521 default_collect_info (); 6522 } 6523 6524 static void 6525 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty) 6526 { 6527 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint); 6528 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 6529 6530 if (num_printed == 0) 6531 { 6532 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0') 6533 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n"); 6534 else 6535 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args); 6536 } 6537 } 6538 6539 static void 6540 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty) 6541 { 6542 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL); 6543 6544 default_collect_info (); 6545 } 6546 6547 static int 6548 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, 6549 struct program_space *pspace, 6550 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) 6551 { 6552 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 6553 6554 for (; bl; bl = bl->next) 6555 { 6556 if (bl->pspace == pspace 6557 && bl->address == pc 6558 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section)) 6559 return 1; 6560 } 6561 return 0; 6562 } 6563 6564 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This 6565 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not 6566 address spaces. */ 6567 6568 static void 6569 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6570 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc, 6571 struct obj_section *section, int thread) 6572 { 6573 int others = 0; 6574 struct breakpoint *b; 6575 6576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6577 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b) 6578 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section)); 6579 if (others > 0) 6580 { 6581 if (others == 1) 6582 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint ")); 6583 else /* if (others == ???) */ 6584 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints ")); 6585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6586 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section)) 6587 { 6588 others--; 6589 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number); 6590 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1) 6591 printf_filtered (" (all threads)"); 6592 else if (b->thread != -1) 6593 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread); 6594 printf_filtered ("%s%s ", 6595 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled 6596 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled) 6597 ? " (disabled)" 6598 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent 6599 ? " (permanent)" 6600 : ""), 6601 (others > 1) ? "," 6602 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : "")); 6603 } 6604 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc ")); 6605 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout); 6606 printf_filtered (".\n"); 6607 } 6608 } 6609 6610 6611 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of 6612 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant 6613 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses 6614 (or use it for any other purpose either). 6615 6616 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will 6617 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark 6618 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual 6619 breakpoint at address zero: 6620 6621 bp_watchpoint 6622 bp_catchpoint 6623 6624 */ 6625 6626 static int 6627 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt) 6628 { 6629 enum bptype type = bpt->type; 6630 6631 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint); 6632 } 6633 6634 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns 6635 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */ 6636 6637 static int 6638 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, 6639 struct bp_location *loc2) 6640 { 6641 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner; 6642 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner; 6643 6644 /* Both of them must exist. */ 6645 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL); 6646 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL); 6647 6648 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware, 6649 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at 6650 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when 6651 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to 6652 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the 6653 other watchpoint. */ 6654 if ((w1->cond_exp 6655 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address, 6656 loc1->length, 6657 loc1->watchpoint_type, 6658 w1->cond_exp)) 6659 || (w2->cond_exp 6660 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address, 6661 loc2->length, 6662 loc2->watchpoint_type, 6663 w2->cond_exp))) 6664 return 0; 6665 6666 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In 6667 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does 6668 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint 6669 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered 6670 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will 6671 become hw_access locations later. */ 6672 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type 6673 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace 6674 && loc1->address == loc2->address 6675 && loc1->length == loc2->length); 6676 } 6677 6678 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the 6679 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true 6680 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global 6681 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */ 6682 6683 static int 6684 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1, 6685 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2) 6686 { 6687 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()) 6688 || aspace1 == aspace2) 6689 && addr1 == addr2); 6690 } 6691 6692 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by 6693 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1 6694 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address 6695 space doesn't really matter. */ 6696 6697 static int 6698 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1, 6699 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2, 6700 CORE_ADDR addr2) 6701 { 6702 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()) 6703 || aspace1 == aspace2) 6704 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1); 6705 } 6706 6707 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be 6708 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE 6709 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global 6710 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */ 6711 6712 static int 6713 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl, 6714 struct address_space *aspace, 6715 CORE_ADDR addr) 6716 { 6717 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, 6718 aspace, addr) 6719 || (bl->length 6720 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, 6721 bl->address, bl->length, 6722 aspace, addr))); 6723 } 6724 6725 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly. 6726 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns 6727 true, otherwise returns false. */ 6728 6729 static int 6730 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, 6731 struct bp_location *loc2) 6732 { 6733 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner)) 6734 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint 6735 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as 6736 different locations. */ 6737 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner); 6738 else 6739 return 0; 6740 } 6741 6742 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses 6743 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 6744 represent the same location. */ 6745 6746 static int 6747 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, 6748 struct bp_location *loc2) 6749 { 6750 int hw_point1, hw_point2; 6751 6752 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */ 6753 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL); 6754 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL); 6755 6756 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner); 6757 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner); 6758 6759 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2) 6760 return 0; 6761 else if (hw_point1) 6762 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2); 6763 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner)) 6764 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2); 6765 else 6766 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */ 6767 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address, 6768 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address) 6769 && loc1->length == loc2->length); 6770 } 6771 6772 static void 6773 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr, 6774 int bnum, int have_bnum) 6775 { 6776 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom 6777 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */ 6778 char astr1[64]; 6779 char astr2[64]; 6780 6781 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8)); 6782 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8)); 6783 if (have_bnum) 6784 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."), 6785 bnum, astr1, astr2); 6786 else 6787 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2); 6788 } 6789 6790 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural 6791 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. 6792 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most 6793 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */ 6794 6795 static CORE_ADDR 6796 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6797 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype) 6798 { 6799 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch)) 6800 { 6801 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */ 6802 return bpaddr; 6803 } 6804 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint 6805 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint 6806 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint 6807 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint 6808 || bptype == bp_catchpoint) 6809 { 6810 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not 6811 have their addresses modified. */ 6812 return bpaddr; 6813 } 6814 else 6815 { 6816 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr; 6817 6818 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement 6819 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */ 6820 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr); 6821 6822 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter 6823 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment 6824 is required. */ 6825 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr) 6826 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0); 6827 6828 return adjusted_bpaddr; 6829 } 6830 } 6831 6832 void 6833 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops, 6834 struct breakpoint *owner) 6835 { 6836 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc)); 6837 6838 gdb_assert (ops != NULL); 6839 6840 loc->ops = ops; 6841 loc->owner = owner; 6842 loc->cond = NULL; 6843 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL; 6844 loc->shlib_disabled = 0; 6845 loc->enabled = 1; 6846 6847 switch (owner->type) 6848 { 6849 case bp_breakpoint: 6850 case bp_until: 6851 case bp_finish: 6852 case bp_longjmp: 6853 case bp_longjmp_resume: 6854 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy: 6855 case bp_exception: 6856 case bp_exception_resume: 6857 case bp_step_resume: 6858 case bp_hp_step_resume: 6859 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 6860 case bp_call_dummy: 6861 case bp_std_terminate: 6862 case bp_shlib_event: 6863 case bp_thread_event: 6864 case bp_overlay_event: 6865 case bp_jit_event: 6866 case bp_longjmp_master: 6867 case bp_std_terminate_master: 6868 case bp_exception_master: 6869 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver: 6870 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return: 6871 case bp_dprintf: 6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; 6873 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc); 6874 break; 6875 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 6876 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; 6877 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc); 6878 break; 6879 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 6880 case bp_read_watchpoint: 6881 case bp_access_watchpoint: 6882 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint; 6883 break; 6884 case bp_watchpoint: 6885 case bp_catchpoint: 6886 case bp_tracepoint: 6887 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 6888 case bp_static_tracepoint: 6889 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other; 6890 break; 6891 default: 6892 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type")); 6893 } 6894 6895 loc->refc = 1; 6896 } 6897 6898 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */ 6899 6900 static struct bp_location * 6901 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt) 6902 { 6903 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt); 6904 } 6905 6906 static void 6907 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc) 6908 { 6909 loc->ops->dtor (loc); 6910 xfree (loc); 6911 } 6912 6913 /* Increment reference count. */ 6914 6915 static void 6916 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl) 6917 { 6918 ++bl->refc; 6919 } 6920 6921 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0, 6922 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */ 6923 6924 static void 6925 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp) 6926 { 6927 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0); 6928 6929 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0) 6930 free_bp_location (*blp); 6931 *blp = NULL; 6932 } 6933 6934 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */ 6935 6936 static void 6937 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b) 6938 { 6939 struct breakpoint *b1; 6940 6941 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of 6942 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */ 6943 6944 b1 = breakpoint_chain; 6945 if (b1 == 0) 6946 breakpoint_chain = b; 6947 else 6948 { 6949 while (b1->next) 6950 b1 = b1->next; 6951 b1->next = b; 6952 } 6953 } 6954 6955 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */ 6956 6957 static void 6958 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b, 6959 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6960 enum bptype bptype, 6961 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6962 { 6963 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b)); 6964 6965 gdb_assert (ops != NULL); 6966 6967 b->ops = ops; 6968 b->type = bptype; 6969 b->gdbarch = gdbarch; 6970 b->language = current_language->la_language; 6971 b->input_radix = input_radix; 6972 b->thread = -1; 6973 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6974 b->next = 0; 6975 b->silent = 0; 6976 b->ignore_count = 0; 6977 b->commands = NULL; 6978 b->frame_id = null_frame_id; 6979 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 6980 b->py_bp_object = NULL; 6981 b->related_breakpoint = b; 6982 } 6983 6984 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint 6985 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */ 6986 6987 static struct breakpoint * 6988 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6989 enum bptype bptype, 6990 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6991 { 6992 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint); 6993 6994 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops); 6995 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b); 6996 return b; 6997 } 6998 6999 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function 7000 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly 7001 enough. */ 7002 7003 static void 7004 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc) 7005 { 7006 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL); 7007 7008 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint 7009 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 7010 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner)) 7011 { 7012 int is_gnu_ifunc; 7013 const char *function_name; 7014 CORE_ADDR func_addr; 7015 7016 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name, 7017 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc); 7018 7019 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc) 7020 { 7021 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 7022 7023 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space); 7024 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name, 7025 &loc->requested_address)) 7026 { 7027 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */ 7028 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch, 7029 loc->requested_address, 7030 b->type); 7031 } 7032 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc 7033 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b) 7034 { 7035 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not 7036 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */ 7037 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver; 7038 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return 7039 breakpoint. */ 7040 loc->related_address = func_addr; 7041 } 7042 } 7043 7044 if (function_name) 7045 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name); 7046 } 7047 } 7048 7049 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */ 7050 struct gdbarch * 7051 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal) 7052 { 7053 if (sal.section) 7054 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile); 7055 if (sal.symtab) 7056 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile); 7057 7058 return NULL; 7059 } 7060 7061 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type 7062 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source 7063 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. 7064 7065 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of 7066 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status 7067 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */ 7068 7069 static void 7070 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 7071 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype, 7072 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 7073 { 7074 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops); 7075 7076 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal); 7077 7078 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint) 7079 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL); 7080 7081 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, 7082 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the 7083 program space. */ 7084 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint) 7085 b->pspace = sal.pspace; 7086 } 7087 7088 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and 7089 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly 7090 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line 7091 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially 7092 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and 7093 is also returned as the value of this function. 7094 7095 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of 7096 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status 7097 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In 7098 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint 7099 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur 7100 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this 7101 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */ 7102 7103 struct breakpoint * 7104 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 7105 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype, 7106 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 7107 { 7108 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint); 7109 7110 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops); 7111 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b); 7112 return b; 7113 } 7114 7115 7116 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint 7117 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */ 7118 void 7119 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b) 7120 { 7121 struct bp_location *bl; 7122 7123 b->enable_state = bp_permanent; 7124 7125 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the 7126 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now, 7127 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's 7128 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with 7129 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */ 7130 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 7131 bl->inserted = 1; 7132 } 7133 7134 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint 7135 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which 7136 initiated the operation. */ 7137 7138 void 7139 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame) 7140 { 7141 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7142 int thread = tp->num; 7143 7144 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step, 7145 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled 7146 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary 7147 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */ 7148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7149 if (b->pspace == current_program_space 7150 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master 7151 || b->type == bp_exception_master)) 7152 { 7153 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception; 7154 struct breakpoint *clone; 7155 7156 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again 7157 after their removal. */ 7158 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type, 7159 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops); 7160 clone->thread = thread; 7161 } 7162 7163 tp->initiating_frame = frame; 7164 } 7165 7166 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */ 7167 void 7168 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread) 7169 { 7170 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7171 7172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7173 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception) 7174 { 7175 if (b->thread == thread) 7176 delete_breakpoint (b); 7177 } 7178 } 7179 7180 void 7181 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread) 7182 { 7183 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7184 7185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7186 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception) 7187 { 7188 if (b->thread == thread) 7189 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 7190 } 7191 } 7192 7193 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for 7194 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return 7195 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp 7196 breakpoints. */ 7197 7198 struct breakpoint * 7199 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void) 7200 { 7201 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL; 7202 7203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 7204 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master) 7205 { 7206 struct breakpoint *new_b; 7207 7208 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy, 7209 &momentary_breakpoint_ops); 7210 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); 7211 7212 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */ 7213 7214 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b); 7215 if (retval == NULL) 7216 retval = new_b; 7217 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval; 7218 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint) 7219 retval = retval->related_breakpoint; 7220 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b; 7221 } 7222 7223 return retval; 7224 } 7225 7226 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for 7227 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame 7228 stack. 7229 7230 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently 7231 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy 7232 frames. */ 7233 7234 void 7235 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread) 7236 { 7237 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7238 7239 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7240 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread) 7241 { 7242 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint; 7243 7244 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy) 7245 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint; 7246 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy 7247 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL) 7248 continue; 7249 7250 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id); 7251 7252 while (b->related_breakpoint != b) 7253 { 7254 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint) 7255 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next; 7256 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint); 7257 } 7258 delete_breakpoint (b); 7259 } 7260 } 7261 7262 void 7263 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void) 7264 { 7265 struct breakpoint *b; 7266 7267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 7268 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) 7269 { 7270 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 7271 update_global_location_list (1); 7272 overlay_events_enabled = 1; 7273 } 7274 } 7275 7276 void 7277 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void) 7278 { 7279 struct breakpoint *b; 7280 7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 7282 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) 7283 { 7284 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 7285 update_global_location_list (0); 7286 overlay_events_enabled = 0; 7287 } 7288 } 7289 7290 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate 7291 master breakpoint. */ 7292 void 7293 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) 7294 { 7295 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7296 7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7298 if (b->pspace == current_program_space 7299 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) 7300 { 7301 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate, 7302 &momentary_breakpoint_ops); 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */ 7307 void 7308 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) 7309 { 7310 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7311 7312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7313 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate) 7314 delete_breakpoint (b); 7315 } 7316 7317 struct breakpoint * 7318 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 7319 { 7320 struct breakpoint *b; 7321 7322 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event, 7323 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 7324 7325 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 7326 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */ 7327 b->addr_string 7328 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); 7329 7330 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 7331 7332 return b; 7333 } 7334 7335 void 7336 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void) 7337 { 7338 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7339 7340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7341 if (b->type == bp_thread_event 7342 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) 7343 delete_breakpoint (b); 7344 } 7345 7346 struct lang_and_radix 7347 { 7348 enum language lang; 7349 int radix; 7350 }; 7351 7352 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */ 7353 7354 struct breakpoint * 7355 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 7356 { 7357 struct breakpoint *b; 7358 7359 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event, 7360 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 7361 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 7362 return b; 7363 } 7364 7365 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */ 7366 7367 void 7368 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void) 7369 { 7370 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7371 7372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7373 if (b->type == bp_jit_event 7374 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) 7375 delete_breakpoint (b); 7376 } 7377 7378 void 7379 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void) 7380 { 7381 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 7382 7383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 7384 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event 7385 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) 7386 delete_breakpoint (b); 7387 } 7388 7389 struct breakpoint * 7390 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 7391 { 7392 struct breakpoint *b; 7393 7394 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event, 7395 &internal_breakpoint_ops); 7396 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 7397 return b; 7398 } 7399 7400 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only 7401 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */ 7402 7403 void 7404 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void) 7405 { 7406 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; 7407 7408 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) 7409 { 7410 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 7411 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 7412 7413 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for 7414 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint 7415 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to 7416 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, 7417 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */ 7418 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) 7419 || (b->type == bp_jit_event) 7420 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 7421 || (is_tracepoint (b))) 7422 && loc->pspace == current_program_space 7423 && !loc->shlib_disabled 7424 #ifdef PC_SOLIB 7425 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address) 7426 #else 7427 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address) 7428 #endif 7429 ) 7430 { 7431 loc->shlib_disabled = 1; 7432 } 7433 } 7434 } 7435 7436 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared 7437 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay 7438 disabled. */ 7439 7440 static void 7441 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib) 7442 { 7443 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; 7444 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0; 7445 7446 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not 7447 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded 7448 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library 7449 list. See clear_solib for more information. */ 7450 if (exec_bfd != NULL 7451 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour) 7452 return; 7453 7454 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) 7455 { 7456 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 7457 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 7458 7459 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace 7460 && !loc->shlib_disabled 7461 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint 7462 || b->type == bp_jit_event 7463 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 7464 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint 7465 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)) 7466 || is_tracepoint (b)) 7467 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address)) 7468 { 7469 loc->shlib_disabled = 1; 7470 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint 7471 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted 7472 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */ 7473 loc->inserted = 0; 7474 7475 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */ 7476 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 7477 7478 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks) 7479 { 7480 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 7481 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints " 7482 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""), 7483 solib->so_name); 7484 } 7485 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1; 7486 } 7487 } 7488 } 7489 7490 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */ 7491 7492 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork 7493 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base 7494 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A 7495 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to 7496 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */ 7497 7498 struct fork_catchpoint 7499 { 7500 /* The base class. */ 7501 struct breakpoint base; 7502 7503 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this 7504 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this 7505 catchpoint has triggered. */ 7506 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid; 7507 }; 7508 7509 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7510 catchpoints. */ 7511 7512 static int 7513 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl) 7514 { 7515 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 7516 } 7517 7518 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7519 catchpoints. */ 7520 7521 static int 7522 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl) 7523 { 7524 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 7525 } 7526 7527 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7528 catchpoints. */ 7529 7530 static int 7531 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl, 7532 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 7533 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 7534 { 7535 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 7536 7537 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED) 7538 return 0; 7539 7540 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid; 7541 return 1; 7542 } 7543 7544 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7545 catchpoints. */ 7546 7547 static enum print_stop_action 7548 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs) 7549 { 7550 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7551 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 7552 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at; 7553 7554 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 7555 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 7556 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint "); 7557 else 7558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint "); 7559 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7560 { 7561 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 7562 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK)); 7563 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 7564 } 7565 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 7566 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process "); 7567 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid)); 7568 ui_out_text (uiout, "), "); 7569 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 7570 } 7571 7572 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7573 catchpoints. */ 7574 7575 static void 7576 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 7577 { 7578 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b; 7579 struct value_print_options opts; 7580 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7581 7582 get_user_print_options (&opts); 7583 7584 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not 7585 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively 7586 readable). */ 7587 if (opts.addressprint) 7588 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 7589 annotate_field (5); 7590 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork"); 7591 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) 7592 { 7593 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); 7594 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", 7595 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid)); 7596 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); 7597 } 7598 7599 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork"); 7601 } 7602 7603 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7604 catchpoints. */ 7605 7606 static void 7607 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 7608 { 7609 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number); 7610 } 7611 7612 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork 7613 catchpoints. */ 7614 7615 static void 7616 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 7617 { 7618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork"); 7619 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 7620 } 7621 7622 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */ 7623 7624 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops; 7625 7626 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7627 catchpoints. */ 7628 7629 static int 7630 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl) 7631 { 7632 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 7633 } 7634 7635 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7636 catchpoints. */ 7637 7638 static int 7639 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl) 7640 { 7641 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 7642 } 7643 7644 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7645 catchpoints. */ 7646 7647 static int 7648 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl, 7649 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 7650 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 7651 { 7652 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 7653 7654 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED) 7655 return 0; 7656 7657 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid; 7658 return 1; 7659 } 7660 7661 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7662 catchpoints. */ 7663 7664 static enum print_stop_action 7665 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs) 7666 { 7667 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7668 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 7669 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b; 7670 7671 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 7672 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 7673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint "); 7674 else 7675 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint "); 7676 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7677 { 7678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 7679 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK)); 7680 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 7681 } 7682 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 7683 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process "); 7684 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid)); 7685 ui_out_text (uiout, "), "); 7686 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 7687 } 7688 7689 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7690 catchpoints. */ 7691 7692 static void 7693 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 7694 { 7695 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b; 7696 struct value_print_options opts; 7697 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7698 7699 get_user_print_options (&opts); 7700 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not 7701 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively 7702 readable). */ 7703 if (opts.addressprint) 7704 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 7705 annotate_field (5); 7706 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork"); 7707 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) 7708 { 7709 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); 7710 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", 7711 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid)); 7712 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); 7713 } 7714 7715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork"); 7717 } 7718 7719 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7720 catchpoints. */ 7721 7722 static void 7723 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 7724 { 7725 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number); 7726 } 7727 7728 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 7729 catchpoints. */ 7730 7731 static void 7732 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 7733 { 7734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork"); 7735 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 7736 } 7737 7738 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */ 7739 7740 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops; 7741 7742 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint. 7743 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users 7744 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is 7745 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to 7746 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */ 7747 7748 struct solib_catchpoint 7749 { 7750 /* The base class. */ 7751 struct breakpoint base; 7752 7753 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */ 7754 unsigned char is_load; 7755 7756 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when 7757 REGEX is non-NULL. */ 7758 char *regex; 7759 regex_t compiled; 7760 }; 7761 7762 static void 7763 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b) 7764 { 7765 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b; 7766 7767 if (self->regex) 7768 regfree (&self->compiled); 7769 xfree (self->regex); 7770 7771 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b); 7772 } 7773 7774 static int 7775 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore) 7776 { 7777 return 0; 7778 } 7779 7780 static int 7781 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore) 7782 { 7783 return 0; 7784 } 7785 7786 static int 7787 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl, 7788 struct address_space *aspace, 7789 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 7790 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 7791 { 7792 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 7793 struct breakpoint *other; 7794 7795 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED) 7796 return 1; 7797 7798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other) 7799 { 7800 struct bp_location *other_bl; 7801 7802 if (other == bl->owner) 7803 continue; 7804 7805 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event) 7806 continue; 7807 7808 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace) 7809 continue; 7810 7811 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next) 7812 { 7813 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws)) 7814 return 1; 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 return 0; 7819 } 7820 7821 static void 7822 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs) 7823 { 7824 struct solib_catchpoint *self 7825 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at; 7826 int ix; 7827 7828 if (self->is_load) 7829 { 7830 struct so_list *iter; 7831 7832 for (ix = 0; 7833 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs, 7834 ix, iter); 7835 ++ix) 7836 { 7837 if (!self->regex 7838 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0) 7839 return; 7840 } 7841 } 7842 else 7843 { 7844 char *iter; 7845 7846 for (ix = 0; 7847 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs, 7848 ix, iter); 7849 ++ix) 7850 { 7851 if (!self->regex 7852 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0) 7853 return; 7854 } 7855 } 7856 7857 bs->stop = 0; 7858 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 7859 } 7860 7861 static enum print_stop_action 7862 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs) 7863 { 7864 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 7865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7866 7867 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 7868 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 7869 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint "); 7870 else 7871 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint "); 7872 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 7873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 7874 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7875 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 7876 print_solib_event (1); 7877 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 7878 } 7879 7880 static void 7881 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs) 7882 { 7883 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b; 7884 struct value_print_options opts; 7885 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 7886 char *msg; 7887 7888 get_user_print_options (&opts); 7889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not 7890 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively 7891 readable). */ 7892 if (opts.addressprint) 7893 { 7894 annotate_field (4); 7895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 7896 } 7897 7898 annotate_field (5); 7899 if (self->is_load) 7900 { 7901 if (self->regex) 7902 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex); 7903 else 7904 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library")); 7905 } 7906 else 7907 { 7908 if (self->regex) 7909 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex); 7910 else 7911 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library")); 7912 } 7913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg); 7914 xfree (msg); 7915 7916 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 7917 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", 7918 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload"); 7919 } 7920 7921 static void 7922 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b) 7923 { 7924 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b; 7925 7926 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number, 7927 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload"); 7928 } 7929 7930 static void 7931 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 7932 { 7933 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b; 7934 7935 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s", 7936 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch", 7937 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload"); 7938 if (self->regex) 7939 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex); 7940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n"); 7941 } 7942 7943 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops; 7944 7945 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing 7946 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then 7947 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are 7948 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a 7949 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is 7950 created in an enabled state. */ 7951 7952 void 7953 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled) 7954 { 7955 struct solib_catchpoint *c; 7956 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 7957 struct cleanup *cleanup; 7958 7959 if (!arg) 7960 arg = ""; 7961 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 7962 7963 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint); 7964 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c); 7965 7966 if (*arg != '\0') 7967 { 7968 int errcode; 7969 7970 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB); 7971 if (errcode != 0) 7972 { 7973 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled); 7974 7975 make_cleanup (xfree, err); 7976 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg); 7977 } 7978 c->regex = xstrdup (arg); 7979 } 7980 7981 c->is_load = is_load; 7982 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL, 7983 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops); 7984 7985 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; 7986 7987 discard_cleanups (cleanup); 7988 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); 7989 } 7990 7991 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and 7992 "catch unload". */ 7993 7994 static void 7995 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load, 7996 struct cmd_list_element *command) 7997 { 7998 int tempflag; 7999 const int enabled = 1; 8000 8001 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8002 8003 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled); 8004 } 8005 8006 static void 8007 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 8008 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8009 { 8010 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command); 8011 } 8012 8013 static void 8014 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 8015 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8016 { 8017 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command); 8018 } 8019 8020 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint. 8021 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users 8022 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is 8023 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to 8024 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */ 8025 8026 struct syscall_catchpoint 8027 { 8028 /* The base class. */ 8029 struct breakpoint base; 8030 8031 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no 8032 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL. 8033 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The 8034 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */ 8035 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught; 8036 }; 8037 8038 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8039 catchpoints. */ 8040 8041 static void 8042 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 8043 { 8044 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b; 8045 8046 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught); 8047 8048 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b); 8049 } 8050 8051 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL; 8052 8053 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data 8054 { 8055 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a 8056 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the 8057 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */ 8058 8059 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */ 8060 int any_syscall_count; 8061 8062 /* Count of each system call. */ 8063 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts; 8064 8065 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine 8066 if any catching is necessary. */ 8067 int total_syscalls_count; 8068 }; 8069 8070 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data* 8071 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf) 8072 { 8073 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data; 8074 8075 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data); 8076 if (inf_data == NULL) 8077 { 8078 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data); 8079 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data); 8080 } 8081 8082 return inf_data; 8083 } 8084 8085 static void 8086 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg) 8087 { 8088 xfree (arg); 8089 } 8090 8091 8092 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8093 catchpoints. */ 8094 8095 static int 8096 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl) 8097 { 8098 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 8099 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 8100 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data 8101 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf); 8102 8103 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count; 8104 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8105 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count; 8106 else 8107 { 8108 int i, iter; 8109 8110 for (i = 0; 8111 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8112 i++) 8113 { 8114 int elem; 8115 8116 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts)) 8117 { 8118 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts); 8119 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset 8120 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int)); 8121 uintptr_t vec_addr; 8122 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1); 8123 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, 8124 inf_data->syscalls_counts) 8125 + vec_addr_offset); 8126 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0, 8127 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int)); 8128 } 8129 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter); 8130 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem); 8131 } 8132 } 8133 8134 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), 8135 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0, 8136 inf_data->any_syscall_count, 8137 VEC_length (int, 8138 inf_data->syscalls_counts), 8139 VEC_address (int, 8140 inf_data->syscalls_counts)); 8141 } 8142 8143 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8144 catchpoints. */ 8145 8146 static int 8147 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl) 8148 { 8149 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 8150 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 8151 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data 8152 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf); 8153 8154 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count; 8155 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8156 --inf_data->any_syscall_count; 8157 else 8158 { 8159 int i, iter; 8160 8161 for (i = 0; 8162 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8163 i++) 8164 { 8165 int elem; 8166 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts)) 8167 /* Shouldn't happen. */ 8168 continue; 8169 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter); 8170 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem); 8171 } 8172 } 8173 8174 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), 8175 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0, 8176 inf_data->any_syscall_count, 8177 VEC_length (int, 8178 inf_data->syscalls_counts), 8179 VEC_address (int, 8180 inf_data->syscalls_counts)); 8181 } 8182 8183 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8184 catchpoints. */ 8185 8186 static int 8187 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl, 8188 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 8189 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 8190 { 8191 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this 8192 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called 8193 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */ 8194 int syscall_number = 0; 8195 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c 8196 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 8197 8198 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY 8199 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN) 8200 return 0; 8201 8202 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number; 8203 8204 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */ 8205 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8206 { 8207 int i, iter; 8208 8209 for (i = 0; 8210 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8211 i++) 8212 if (syscall_number == iter) 8213 break; 8214 /* Not the same. */ 8215 if (!iter) 8216 return 0; 8217 } 8218 8219 return 1; 8220 } 8221 8222 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8223 catchpoints. */ 8224 8225 static enum print_stop_action 8226 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs) 8227 { 8228 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 8229 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 8230 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a 8231 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY 8232 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we 8233 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */ 8234 ptid_t ptid; 8235 struct target_waitstatus last; 8236 struct syscall s; 8237 8238 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last); 8239 8240 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s); 8241 8242 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 8243 8244 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 8245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint "); 8246 else 8247 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint "); 8248 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8249 { 8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 8251 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY 8252 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY 8253 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN)); 8254 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 8255 } 8256 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 8257 8258 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY) 8259 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall "); 8260 else 8261 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall "); 8262 8263 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8264 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number); 8265 if (s.name != NULL) 8266 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name); 8267 8268 ui_out_text (uiout, "), "); 8269 8270 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 8271 } 8272 8273 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8274 catchpoints. */ 8275 8276 static void 8277 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, 8278 struct bp_location **last_loc) 8279 { 8280 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b; 8281 struct value_print_options opts; 8282 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 8283 8284 get_user_print_options (&opts); 8285 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not 8286 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively 8287 readable). */ 8288 if (opts.addressprint) 8289 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 8290 annotate_field (5); 8291 8292 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught 8293 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) 8294 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \""); 8295 else 8296 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \""); 8297 8298 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8299 { 8300 int i, iter; 8301 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", ""); 8302 8303 for (i = 0; 8304 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8305 i++) 8306 { 8307 char *x = text; 8308 struct syscall s; 8309 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 8310 8311 if (s.name != NULL) 8312 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name); 8313 else 8314 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter); 8315 8316 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x') 8317 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it 8318 on every call. */ 8319 xfree (x); 8320 } 8321 /* Remove the last comma. */ 8322 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0'; 8323 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text); 8324 } 8325 else 8326 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>"); 8327 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); 8328 8329 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall"); 8331 } 8332 8333 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8334 catchpoints. */ 8335 8336 static void 8337 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 8338 { 8339 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b; 8340 8341 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8342 { 8343 int i, iter; 8344 8345 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) 8346 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number); 8347 else 8348 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number); 8349 8350 for (i = 0; 8351 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8352 i++) 8353 { 8354 struct syscall s; 8355 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 8356 8357 if (s.name) 8358 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number); 8359 else 8360 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number); 8361 } 8362 printf_filtered (")"); 8363 } 8364 else 8365 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"), 8366 b->number); 8367 } 8368 8369 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 8370 catchpoints. */ 8371 8372 static void 8373 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 8374 { 8375 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b; 8376 8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall"); 8378 8379 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 8380 { 8381 int i, iter; 8382 8383 for (i = 0; 8384 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 8385 i++) 8386 { 8387 struct syscall s; 8388 8389 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 8390 if (s.name) 8391 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name); 8392 else 8393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number); 8394 } 8395 } 8396 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 8397 } 8398 8399 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */ 8400 8401 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops; 8402 8403 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */ 8404 8405 static int 8406 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b) 8407 { 8408 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); 8409 } 8410 8411 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG 8412 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is 8413 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is 8414 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */ 8415 8416 void 8417 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 8418 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag, 8419 char *cond_string, 8420 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 8421 { 8422 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8423 8424 init_sal (&sal); 8425 sal.pspace = current_program_space; 8426 8427 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops); 8428 8429 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string); 8430 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 8431 } 8432 8433 void 8434 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll) 8435 { 8436 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b); 8437 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b); 8438 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 8439 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); 8440 if (!internal) 8441 mention (b); 8442 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b); 8443 8444 if (update_gll) 8445 update_global_location_list (1); 8446 } 8447 8448 static void 8449 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 8450 int tempflag, char *cond_string, 8451 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 8452 { 8453 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint); 8454 8455 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops); 8456 8457 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid; 8458 8459 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); 8460 } 8461 8462 /* Exec catchpoints. */ 8463 8464 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint. 8465 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users 8466 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is 8467 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to 8468 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */ 8469 8470 struct exec_catchpoint 8471 { 8472 /* The base class. */ 8473 struct breakpoint base; 8474 8475 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint. 8476 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has 8477 triggered. */ 8478 char *exec_pathname; 8479 }; 8480 8481 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec 8482 catchpoints. */ 8483 8484 static void 8485 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 8486 { 8487 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b; 8488 8489 xfree (c->exec_pathname); 8490 8491 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b); 8492 } 8493 8494 static int 8495 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl) 8496 { 8497 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 8498 } 8499 8500 static int 8501 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl) 8502 { 8503 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 8504 } 8505 8506 static int 8507 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl, 8508 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 8509 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 8510 { 8511 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner; 8512 8513 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD) 8514 return 0; 8515 8516 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname); 8517 return 1; 8518 } 8519 8520 static enum print_stop_action 8521 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs) 8522 { 8523 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 8524 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 8525 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b; 8526 8527 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 8528 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 8529 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint "); 8530 else 8531 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint "); 8532 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8533 { 8534 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 8535 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC)); 8536 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 8537 } 8538 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 8539 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd "); 8540 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname); 8541 ui_out_text (uiout, "), "); 8542 8543 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 8544 } 8545 8546 static void 8547 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 8548 { 8549 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b; 8550 struct value_print_options opts; 8551 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 8552 8553 get_user_print_options (&opts); 8554 8555 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 8556 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 8557 is relatively readable). */ 8558 if (opts.addressprint) 8559 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 8560 annotate_field (5); 8561 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec"); 8562 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL) 8563 { 8564 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \""); 8565 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname); 8566 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); 8567 } 8568 8569 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec"); 8571 } 8572 8573 static void 8574 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 8575 { 8576 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number); 8577 } 8578 8579 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec 8580 catchpoints. */ 8581 8582 static void 8583 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 8584 { 8585 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec"); 8586 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 8587 } 8588 8589 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops; 8590 8591 static void 8592 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter, 8593 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 8594 { 8595 struct syscall_catchpoint *c; 8596 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8597 8598 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint); 8599 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops); 8600 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter; 8601 8602 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); 8603 } 8604 8605 static int 8606 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void) 8607 { 8608 int i = 0; 8609 struct breakpoint *b; 8610 struct bp_location *bl; 8611 8612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 8613 { 8614 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b)) 8615 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 8616 { 8617 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than 8618 one register. */ 8619 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl); 8620 } 8621 } 8622 8623 return i; 8624 } 8625 8626 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware 8627 watchpoint. */ 8628 8629 static int 8630 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b) 8631 { 8632 int i = 0; 8633 struct bp_location *bl; 8634 8635 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b)) 8636 return 0; 8637 8638 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 8639 { 8640 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than 8641 one register. */ 8642 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl); 8643 } 8644 8645 return i; 8646 } 8647 8648 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of 8649 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED 8650 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other 8651 types _not_ TYPE. */ 8652 8653 static int 8654 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except, 8655 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used) 8656 { 8657 int i = 0; 8658 struct breakpoint *b; 8659 8660 *other_type_used = 0; 8661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 8662 { 8663 if (b == except) 8664 continue; 8665 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b)) 8666 continue; 8667 8668 if (b->type == type) 8669 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b); 8670 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 8671 *other_type_used = 1; 8672 } 8673 8674 return i; 8675 } 8676 8677 void 8678 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void) 8679 { 8680 struct breakpoint *b; 8681 8682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 8683 { 8684 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b)) 8685 { 8686 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled; 8687 update_global_location_list (0); 8688 } 8689 } 8690 } 8691 8692 void 8693 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void) 8694 { 8695 struct breakpoint *b; 8696 8697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 8698 { 8699 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled) 8700 { 8701 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 8702 update_global_location_list (1); 8703 } 8704 } 8705 } 8706 8707 void 8708 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void) 8709 { 8710 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1; 8711 update_global_location_list (0); 8712 } 8713 8714 void 8715 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void) 8716 { 8717 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0; 8718 breakpoint_re_set (); 8719 } 8720 8721 8722 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command 8723 at address specified by SAL. 8724 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */ 8725 8726 struct breakpoint * 8727 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal, 8728 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type) 8729 { 8730 struct breakpoint *b; 8731 8732 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or 8733 tail-called one. */ 8734 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id)); 8735 8736 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops); 8737 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 8738 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 8739 b->frame_id = frame_id; 8740 8741 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want 8742 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of 8743 control. */ 8744 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) 8745 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); 8746 8747 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 8748 8749 return b; 8750 } 8751 8752 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG. 8753 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it 8754 breakpoint_ops. */ 8755 8756 static struct breakpoint * 8757 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig, 8758 enum bptype type, 8759 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 8760 { 8761 struct breakpoint *copy; 8762 8763 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops); 8764 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy); 8765 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1); 8766 8767 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch; 8768 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address; 8769 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address; 8770 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section; 8771 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace; 8772 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe; 8773 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number; 8774 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab; 8775 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id; 8776 copy->thread = orig->thread; 8777 copy->pspace = orig->pspace; 8778 8779 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled; 8780 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch; 8781 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; 8782 8783 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0); 8784 return copy; 8785 } 8786 8787 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if 8788 ORIG is NULL. */ 8789 8790 struct breakpoint * 8791 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig) 8792 { 8793 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */ 8794 if (orig == NULL) 8795 return NULL; 8796 8797 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops); 8798 } 8799 8800 struct breakpoint * 8801 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, 8802 enum bptype type) 8803 { 8804 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8805 8806 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); 8807 sal.pc = pc; 8808 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc); 8809 sal.explicit_pc = 1; 8810 8811 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type); 8812 } 8813 8814 8815 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */ 8816 8817 static void 8818 mention (struct breakpoint *b) 8819 { 8820 b->ops->print_mention (b); 8821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout)) 8822 return; 8823 printf_filtered ("\n"); 8824 } 8825 8826 8827 static struct bp_location * 8828 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 8829 const struct symtab_and_line *sal) 8830 { 8831 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; 8832 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address; 8833 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal); 8834 8835 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL) 8836 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch; 8837 8838 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location. 8839 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized 8840 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the 8841 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do 8842 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and 8843 location that's only been partially initialized. */ 8844 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch, 8845 sal->pc, b->type); 8846 8847 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */ 8848 loc = allocate_bp_location (b); 8849 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address; 8850 tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) 8851 ; 8852 loc->next = *tmp; 8853 *tmp = loc; 8854 8855 loc->requested_address = sal->pc; 8856 loc->address = adjusted_address; 8857 loc->pspace = sal->pspace; 8858 loc->probe = sal->probe; 8859 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL); 8860 loc->section = sal->section; 8861 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch; 8862 loc->line_number = sal->line; 8863 loc->symtab = sal->symtab; 8864 8865 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc, 8866 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line); 8867 return loc; 8868 } 8869 8870 8871 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint, 8872 return 0 otherwise. */ 8873 8874 static int 8875 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc) 8876 { 8877 int len; 8878 CORE_ADDR addr; 8879 const gdb_byte *bpoint; 8880 gdb_byte *target_mem; 8881 struct cleanup *cleanup; 8882 int retval = 0; 8883 8884 gdb_assert (loc != NULL); 8885 8886 addr = loc->address; 8887 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len); 8888 8889 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */ 8890 if (bpoint == NULL) 8891 return 0; 8892 8893 target_mem = alloca (len); 8894 8895 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while 8896 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary 8897 breakpoints they are permanent. */ 8898 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread (); 8899 8900 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace); 8901 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0); 8902 8903 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0 8904 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0) 8905 retval = 1; 8906 8907 do_cleanups (cleanup); 8908 8909 return retval; 8910 } 8911 8912 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current 8913 settings of the dprintf style options. */ 8914 8915 static void 8916 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b) 8917 { 8918 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string; 8919 char *printf_line = NULL; 8920 8921 if (!dprintf_args) 8922 return; 8923 8924 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args); 8925 8926 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't 8927 insist on it. */ 8928 if (*dprintf_args == ',') 8929 ++dprintf_args; 8930 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args); 8931 8932 if (*dprintf_args != '"') 8933 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'.")); 8934 8935 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0) 8936 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args); 8937 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0) 8938 { 8939 if (!dprintf_function) 8940 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call")); 8941 8942 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0) 8943 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)", 8944 dprintf_function, 8945 dprintf_channel, 8946 dprintf_args); 8947 else 8948 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)", 8949 dprintf_function, 8950 dprintf_args); 8951 } 8952 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0) 8953 { 8954 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ()) 8955 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args); 8956 else 8957 { 8958 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf")); 8959 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args); 8960 } 8961 } 8962 else 8963 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 8964 _("Invalid dprintf style.")); 8965 8966 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL); 8967 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */ 8968 { 8969 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line 8970 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line)); 8971 8972 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line)); 8973 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control; 8974 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0; 8975 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL; 8976 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL; 8977 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line; 8978 8979 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line); 8980 } 8981 } 8982 8983 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect 8984 current style settings. */ 8985 8986 static void 8987 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty, 8988 struct cmd_list_element *c) 8989 { 8990 struct breakpoint *b; 8991 8992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 8993 { 8994 if (b->type == bp_dprintf) 8995 update_dprintf_command_list (b); 8996 } 8997 } 8998 8999 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING 9000 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING 9001 as condition expression. */ 9002 9003 static void 9004 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 9005 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string, 9006 char *filter, char *cond_string, 9007 char *extra_string, 9008 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, 9009 int thread, int task, int ignore_count, 9010 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, 9011 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags, 9012 int display_canonical) 9013 { 9014 int i; 9015 9016 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 9017 { 9018 int target_resources_ok; 9019 9020 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); 9021 target_resources_ok = 9022 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, 9023 i + 1, 0); 9024 if (target_resources_ok == 0) 9025 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); 9026 else if (target_resources_ok < 0) 9027 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); 9028 } 9029 9030 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0); 9031 9032 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 9033 { 9034 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i]; 9035 struct bp_location *loc; 9036 9037 if (from_tty) 9038 { 9039 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); 9040 if (!loc_gdbarch) 9041 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; 9042 9043 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, 9044 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread); 9045 } 9046 9047 if (i == 0) 9048 { 9049 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops); 9050 b->thread = thread; 9051 b->task = task; 9052 9053 b->cond_string = cond_string; 9054 b->extra_string = extra_string; 9055 b->ignore_count = ignore_count; 9056 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; 9057 b->disposition = disposition; 9058 9059 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0) 9060 b->loc->inserted = 1; 9061 9062 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint) 9063 { 9064 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b; 9065 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; 9066 9067 if (strace_marker_p (b)) 9068 { 9069 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we 9070 wouldn't see a sal for it. */ 9071 char *p = &addr_string[3]; 9072 char *endp; 9073 char *marker_str; 9074 9075 p = skip_spaces (p); 9076 9077 endp = skip_to_space (p); 9078 9079 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); 9080 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str; 9081 9082 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint " 9083 "marker \"%s\"\n"), 9084 t->static_trace_marker_id); 9085 } 9086 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker)) 9087 { 9088 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); 9089 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); 9090 9091 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint " 9092 "marker \"%s\"\n"), 9093 t->static_trace_marker_id); 9094 } 9095 else 9096 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static " 9097 "tracepoint marker to probe")); 9098 } 9099 9100 loc = b->loc; 9101 } 9102 else 9103 { 9104 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal); 9105 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0) 9106 loc->inserted = 1; 9107 } 9108 9109 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc)) 9110 make_breakpoint_permanent (b); 9111 9112 if (b->cond_string) 9113 { 9114 const char *arg = b->cond_string; 9115 9116 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address, 9117 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); 9118 if (*arg) 9119 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg); 9120 } 9121 9122 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the 9123 command line, otherwise it's an error. */ 9124 if (type == bp_dprintf) 9125 { 9126 if (b->extra_string) 9127 update_dprintf_command_list (b); 9128 else 9129 error (_("Format string required")); 9130 } 9131 else if (b->extra_string) 9132 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string); 9133 } 9134 9135 b->display_canonical = display_canonical; 9136 if (addr_string) 9137 b->addr_string = addr_string; 9138 else 9139 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete 9140 me. */ 9141 b->addr_string 9142 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); 9143 b->filter = filter; 9144 } 9145 9146 static void 9147 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 9148 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string, 9149 char *filter, char *cond_string, 9150 char *extra_string, 9151 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, 9152 int thread, int task, int ignore_count, 9153 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, 9154 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags, 9155 int display_canonical) 9156 { 9157 struct breakpoint *b; 9158 struct cleanup *old_chain; 9159 9160 if (is_tracepoint_type (type)) 9161 { 9162 struct tracepoint *t; 9163 9164 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint); 9165 b = &t->base; 9166 } 9167 else 9168 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint); 9169 9170 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b); 9171 9172 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch, 9173 sals, addr_string, 9174 filter, cond_string, extra_string, 9175 type, disposition, 9176 thread, task, ignore_count, 9177 ops, from_tty, 9178 enabled, internal, flags, 9179 display_canonical); 9180 discard_cleanups (old_chain); 9181 9182 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0); 9183 } 9184 9185 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each 9186 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i] 9187 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be 9188 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where 9189 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded 9190 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify 9191 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so 9192 we take just a single condition string. 9193 9194 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup 9195 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the 9196 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the 9197 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, 9198 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */ 9199 9200 static void 9201 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 9202 struct linespec_result *canonical, 9203 char *cond_string, char *extra_string, 9204 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, 9205 int thread, int task, int ignore_count, 9206 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, 9207 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags) 9208 { 9209 int i; 9210 struct linespec_sals *lsal; 9211 9212 if (canonical->pre_expanded) 9213 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1); 9214 9215 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i) 9216 { 9217 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain 9218 'break', without arguments. */ 9219 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string 9220 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string) 9221 : NULL); 9222 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL; 9223 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string); 9224 9225 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string); 9226 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals, 9227 addr_string, 9228 filter_string, 9229 cond_string, extra_string, 9230 type, disposition, 9231 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, 9232 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags, 9233 canonical->special_display); 9234 discard_cleanups (inner); 9235 } 9236 } 9237 9238 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly 9239 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL 9240 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical) 9241 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL. 9242 9243 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is 9244 the caller's responsibility to free them. */ 9245 9246 static void 9247 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address, 9248 struct linespec_result *canonical) 9249 { 9250 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default 9251 breakpoint. */ 9252 if ((*address) == NULL 9253 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2]))) 9254 { 9255 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint 9256 address. */ 9257 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()) 9258 { 9259 struct linespec_sals lsal; 9260 struct symtab_and_line sal; 9261 CORE_ADDR pc; 9262 9263 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */ 9264 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) 9265 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 9266 9267 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values 9268 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. 9269 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0 9270 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise. 9271 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */ 9272 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal); 9273 pc = sal.pc; 9274 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); 9275 9276 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" 9277 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So 9278 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from 9279 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other 9280 instances with the same symtab and line. */ 9281 sal.pc = pc; 9282 sal.explicit_pc = 1; 9283 9284 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal; 9285 lsal.sals.nelts = 1; 9286 lsal.canonical = NULL; 9287 9288 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal); 9289 } 9290 else 9291 error (_("No default breakpoint address now.")); 9292 } 9293 else 9294 { 9295 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line (); 9296 9297 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the 9298 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). 9299 This should produce the results we want almost all of the 9300 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. 9301 9302 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which 9303 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */ 9304 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid () 9305 && (!cursal.symtab 9306 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL) 9307 && ((*address)[1] != '[')))) 9308 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 9309 get_last_displayed_symtab (), 9310 get_last_displayed_line (), 9311 canonical, NULL, NULL); 9312 else 9313 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 9314 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL); 9315 } 9316 } 9317 9318 9319 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be 9320 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */ 9321 9322 static void 9323 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 9324 { 9325 int i; 9326 9327 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) 9328 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]); 9329 } 9330 9331 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For 9332 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will 9333 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can 9334 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a 9335 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of 9336 it, etc. */ 9337 9338 static void 9339 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 9340 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 9341 { 9342 int i, rslt; 9343 struct symtab_and_line *sal; 9344 char *msg; 9345 struct cleanup *old_chain; 9346 9347 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) 9348 { 9349 struct gdbarch *sarch; 9350 9351 sal = &sals->sals[i]; 9352 9353 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal); 9354 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture 9355 associated with SAL. */ 9356 if (sarch == NULL) 9357 sarch = gdbarch; 9358 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, 9359 NULL, &msg); 9360 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg); 9361 9362 if (!rslt) 9363 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"), 9364 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : "")); 9365 9366 do_cleanups (old_chain); 9367 } 9368 } 9369 9370 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */ 9371 9372 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN 9373 invalid_thread_id_error (int id) 9374 { 9375 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id); 9376 } 9377 9378 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as 9379 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition 9380 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD. 9381 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed. 9382 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL. 9383 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */ 9384 9385 static void 9386 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc, 9387 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task, 9388 char **rest) 9389 { 9390 *cond_string = NULL; 9391 *thread = -1; 9392 *task = 0; 9393 *rest = NULL; 9394 9395 while (tok && *tok) 9396 { 9397 const char *end_tok; 9398 int toklen; 9399 const char *cond_start = NULL; 9400 const char *cond_end = NULL; 9401 9402 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok); 9403 9404 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest) 9405 { 9406 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok)); 9407 return; 9408 } 9409 9410 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok); 9411 9412 toklen = end_tok - tok; 9413 9414 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) 9415 { 9416 struct expression *expr; 9417 9418 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; 9419 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0); 9420 xfree (expr); 9421 cond_end = tok; 9422 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start); 9423 } 9424 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0) 9425 { 9426 char *tmptok; 9427 9428 tok = end_tok + 1; 9429 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0); 9430 if (tok == tmptok) 9431 error (_("Junk after thread keyword.")); 9432 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread)) 9433 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread); 9434 tok = tmptok; 9435 } 9436 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0) 9437 { 9438 char *tmptok; 9439 9440 tok = end_tok + 1; 9441 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0); 9442 if (tok == tmptok) 9443 error (_("Junk after task keyword.")); 9444 if (!valid_task_id (*task)) 9445 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task); 9446 tok = tmptok; 9447 } 9448 else if (rest) 9449 { 9450 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok)); 9451 return; 9452 } 9453 else 9454 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 9455 } 9456 } 9457 9458 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */ 9459 9460 static struct symtabs_and_lines 9461 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p) 9462 { 9463 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL; 9464 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 9465 struct cleanup *old_chain; 9466 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3]; 9467 char *endp; 9468 char *marker_str; 9469 int i; 9470 9471 p = skip_spaces (p); 9472 9473 endp = skip_to_space (p); 9474 9475 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); 9476 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str); 9477 9478 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str); 9479 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) 9480 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str); 9481 9482 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers); 9483 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts); 9484 9485 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 9486 { 9487 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker; 9488 9489 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i); 9490 9491 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]); 9492 9493 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0); 9494 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address; 9495 9496 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker); 9497 } 9498 9499 do_cleanups (old_chain); 9500 9501 *arg_p = endp; 9502 return sals; 9503 } 9504 9505 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI 9506 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major 9507 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD 9508 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting 9509 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just 9510 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by 9511 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero, 9512 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal 9513 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created; 9514 false otherwise. */ 9515 9516 int 9517 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 9518 char *arg, char *cond_string, 9519 int thread, char *extra_string, 9520 int parse_condition_and_thread, 9521 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted, 9522 int ignore_count, 9523 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support, 9524 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 9525 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal, 9526 unsigned flags) 9527 { 9528 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 9529 char *copy_arg = NULL; 9530 char *addr_start = arg; 9531 struct linespec_result canonical; 9532 struct cleanup *old_chain; 9533 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL; 9534 int pending = 0; 9535 int task = 0; 9536 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count; 9537 9538 gdb_assert (ops != NULL); 9539 9540 init_linespec_result (&canonical); 9541 9542 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 9543 { 9544 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted, 9545 addr_start, ©_arg); 9546 } 9547 9548 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */ 9549 switch (e.reason) 9550 { 9551 case GDB_NO_ERROR: 9552 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals)) 9553 return 0; 9554 break; 9555 case RETURN_ERROR: 9556 switch (e.error) 9557 { 9558 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR: 9559 9560 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw 9561 error. */ 9562 9563 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE) 9564 throw_exception (e); 9565 9566 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e); 9567 9568 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user 9569 selects no, then simply return the error code. */ 9570 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO 9571 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "), 9572 bptype_string (type_wanted))) 9573 return 0; 9574 9575 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting 9576 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending 9577 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint 9578 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */ 9579 { 9580 struct linespec_sals lsal; 9581 9582 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start); 9583 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg); 9584 lsal.sals.nelts = 1; 9585 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line); 9586 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]); 9587 pending = 1; 9588 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal); 9589 } 9590 break; 9591 default: 9592 throw_exception (e); 9593 } 9594 break; 9595 default: 9596 throw_exception (e); 9597 } 9598 9599 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */ 9600 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical); 9601 9602 /* ----------------------------- SNIP ----------------------------- 9603 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed 9604 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds 9605 then the memory is not reclaimed. */ 9606 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); 9607 9608 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses 9609 are ok for the target. */ 9610 if (!pending) 9611 { 9612 int ix; 9613 struct linespec_sals *iter; 9614 9615 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix) 9616 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals); 9617 } 9618 9619 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */ 9620 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint) 9621 { 9622 int ix; 9623 struct linespec_sals *iter; 9624 9625 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix) 9626 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals); 9627 } 9628 9629 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any 9630 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each 9631 breakpoint. */ 9632 if (!pending) 9633 { 9634 struct linespec_sals *lsal; 9635 9636 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0); 9637 9638 if (parse_condition_and_thread) 9639 { 9640 char *rest; 9641 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition 9642 from thread number, so parsing in context of first 9643 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll 9644 re-parse it in context of each sal. */ 9645 9646 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, 9647 &thread, &task, &rest); 9648 if (cond_string) 9649 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); 9650 if (rest) 9651 make_cleanup (xfree, rest); 9652 if (rest) 9653 extra_string = rest; 9654 } 9655 else 9656 { 9657 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */ 9658 if (cond_string) 9659 { 9660 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string); 9661 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); 9662 } 9663 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */ 9664 if (extra_string) 9665 { 9666 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string); 9667 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string); 9668 } 9669 } 9670 9671 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal, 9672 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted, 9673 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch, 9674 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, 9675 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags); 9676 } 9677 else 9678 { 9679 struct breakpoint *b; 9680 9681 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg); 9682 9683 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted)) 9684 { 9685 struct tracepoint *t; 9686 9687 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint); 9688 b = &t->base; 9689 } 9690 else 9691 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint); 9692 9693 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops); 9694 9695 b->addr_string = copy_arg; 9696 if (parse_condition_and_thread) 9697 b->cond_string = NULL; 9698 else 9699 { 9700 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */ 9701 if (cond_string) 9702 { 9703 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string); 9704 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); 9705 } 9706 b->cond_string = cond_string; 9707 } 9708 b->extra_string = NULL; 9709 b->ignore_count = ignore_count; 9710 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 9711 b->condition_not_parsed = 1; 9712 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; 9713 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint 9714 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1) 9715 b->pspace = current_program_space; 9716 9717 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0); 9718 } 9719 9720 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1) 9721 { 9722 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the " 9723 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.")); 9724 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count; 9725 } 9726 9727 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the 9728 breakpoint. */ 9729 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain); 9730 /* But cleanup everything else. */ 9731 do_cleanups (old_chain); 9732 9733 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */ 9734 update_global_location_list (1); 9735 9736 return 1; 9737 } 9738 9739 /* Set a breakpoint. 9740 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address, 9741 condition, and thread. 9742 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on, 9743 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG 9744 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */ 9745 9746 static void 9747 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty) 9748 { 9749 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG; 9750 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG 9751 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint 9752 : bp_breakpoint); 9753 struct breakpoint_ops *ops; 9754 const char *arg_cp = arg; 9755 9756 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */ 9757 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL) 9758 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops; 9759 else 9760 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 9761 9762 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 9763 arg, 9764 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */, 9765 tempflag, type_wanted, 9766 0 /* Ignore count */, 9767 pending_break_support, 9768 ops, 9769 from_tty, 9770 1 /* enabled */, 9771 0 /* internal */, 9772 0); 9773 } 9774 9775 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */ 9776 9777 void 9778 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal) 9779 { 9780 CORE_ADDR pc; 9781 9782 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) 9783 { 9784 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc)) 9785 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."), 9786 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab)); 9787 sal->pc = pc; 9788 9789 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line 9790 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */ 9791 if (sal->explicit_line) 9792 skip_prologue_sal (sal); 9793 } 9794 9795 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) 9796 { 9797 struct blockvector *bv; 9798 struct block *b; 9799 struct symbol *sym; 9800 9801 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab); 9802 if (bv != NULL) 9803 { 9804 sym = block_linkage_function (b); 9805 if (sym != NULL) 9806 { 9807 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile); 9808 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym); 9809 } 9810 else 9811 { 9812 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll 9813 just have to look harder. This case can be executed 9814 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can 9815 happen in assembly source). */ 9816 9817 struct minimal_symbol *msym; 9818 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 9819 9820 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); 9821 9822 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc); 9823 if (msym) 9824 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym); 9825 9826 do_cleanups (old_chain); 9827 } 9828 } 9829 } 9830 } 9831 9832 void 9833 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9834 { 9835 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 9836 } 9837 9838 void 9839 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9840 { 9841 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty); 9842 } 9843 9844 static void 9845 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9846 { 9847 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty); 9848 } 9849 9850 static void 9851 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9852 { 9853 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty); 9854 } 9855 9856 static void 9857 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9858 { 9859 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\ 9860 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\ 9861 stop at <line>\n")); 9862 } 9863 9864 static void 9865 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9866 { 9867 int badInput = 0; 9868 9869 if (arg == (char *) NULL) 9870 badInput = 1; 9871 else if (*arg != '*') 9872 { 9873 char *argptr = arg; 9874 int hasColon = 0; 9875 9876 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then 9877 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or 9878 function/method name. */ 9879 while (*argptr && !hasColon) 9880 { 9881 hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); 9882 argptr++; 9883 } 9884 9885 if (hasColon) 9886 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */ 9887 else 9888 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */ 9889 } 9890 9891 if (badInput) 9892 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n")); 9893 else 9894 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 9895 } 9896 9897 static void 9898 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9899 { 9900 int badInput = 0; 9901 9902 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */ 9903 badInput = 1; 9904 else 9905 { 9906 char *argptr = arg; 9907 int hasColon = 0; 9908 9909 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise 9910 it is probably a line number. */ 9911 while (*argptr && !hasColon) 9912 { 9913 hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); 9914 argptr++; 9915 } 9916 9917 if (hasColon) 9918 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */ 9919 else 9920 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */ 9921 } 9922 9923 if (badInput) 9924 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n")); 9925 else 9926 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 9927 } 9928 9929 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but 9930 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command, 9931 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command 9932 line. */ 9933 9934 static void 9935 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9936 { 9937 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 9938 arg, 9939 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */, 9940 0, bp_dprintf, 9941 0 /* Ignore count */, 9942 pending_break_support, 9943 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops, 9944 from_tty, 9945 1 /* enabled */, 9946 0 /* internal */, 9947 0); 9948 } 9949 9950 static void 9951 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9952 { 9953 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target")); 9954 } 9955 9956 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for 9957 ranged breakpoints. */ 9958 9959 static int 9960 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl, 9961 struct address_space *aspace, 9962 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 9963 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 9964 { 9965 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED 9966 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP) 9967 return 0; 9968 9969 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, 9970 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr); 9971 } 9972 9973 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for 9974 ranged breakpoints. */ 9975 9976 static int 9977 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl) 9978 { 9979 return target_ranged_break_num_registers (); 9980 } 9981 9982 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for 9983 ranged breakpoints. */ 9984 9985 static enum print_stop_action 9986 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs) 9987 { 9988 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 9989 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 9990 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 9991 9992 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint); 9993 9994 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */ 9995 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL); 9996 9997 annotate_breakpoint (b->number); 9998 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 9999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint "); 10000 else 10001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint "); 10002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10003 { 10004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 10005 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); 10006 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 10007 } 10008 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 10009 ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); 10010 10011 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 10012 } 10013 10014 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for 10015 ranged breakpoints. */ 10016 10017 static void 10018 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 10019 struct bp_location **last_loc) 10020 { 10021 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 10022 struct value_print_options opts; 10023 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10024 10025 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */ 10026 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL); 10027 10028 get_user_print_options (&opts); 10029 10030 if (opts.addressprint) 10031 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later 10032 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */ 10033 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 10034 annotate_field (5); 10035 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl); 10036 *last_loc = bl; 10037 } 10038 10039 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for 10040 ranged breakpoints. */ 10041 10042 static void 10043 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b, 10044 struct ui_out *uiout) 10045 { 10046 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end; 10047 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 10048 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen (); 10049 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb); 10050 10051 gdb_assert (bl); 10052 10053 address_start = bl->address; 10054 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1; 10055 10056 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: "); 10057 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]", 10058 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start), 10059 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end)); 10060 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb); 10061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10062 10063 do_cleanups (cleanup); 10064 } 10065 10066 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for 10067 ranged breakpoints. */ 10068 10069 static void 10070 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 10071 { 10072 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 10073 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10074 10075 gdb_assert (bl); 10076 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint); 10077 10078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10079 return; 10080 10081 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."), 10082 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address), 10083 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1)); 10084 } 10085 10086 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for 10087 ranged breakpoints. */ 10088 10089 static void 10090 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 10091 { 10092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string, 10093 b->addr_string_range_end); 10094 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 10095 } 10096 10097 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */ 10098 10099 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops; 10100 10101 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be 10102 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if 10103 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the 10104 last instruction of the given line. */ 10105 10106 static CORE_ADDR 10107 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal) 10108 { 10109 CORE_ADDR end; 10110 10111 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise, 10112 find the address of the end of the given location. */ 10113 if (sal.explicit_pc) 10114 end = sal.pc; 10115 else 10116 { 10117 int ret; 10118 CORE_ADDR start; 10119 10120 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end); 10121 if (!ret) 10122 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range.")); 10123 10124 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */ 10125 end--; 10126 } 10127 10128 return end; 10129 } 10130 10131 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */ 10132 10133 static void 10134 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 10135 { 10136 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end; 10137 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end; 10138 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length; 10139 CORE_ADDR end; 10140 struct breakpoint *b; 10141 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end; 10142 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt; 10143 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end; 10144 10145 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */ 10146 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0) 10147 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints.")); 10148 10149 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); 10150 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers (); 10151 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, 10152 bp_count, 0); 10153 if (can_use_bp < 0) 10154 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); 10155 10156 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 10157 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0') 10158 error(_("No address range specified.")); 10159 10160 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start); 10161 10162 arg_start = arg; 10163 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start); 10164 10165 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start); 10166 10167 if (arg[0] != ',') 10168 error (_("Too few arguments.")); 10169 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals)) 10170 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range.")); 10171 10172 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0); 10173 10174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1 10175 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1) 10176 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations.")); 10177 10178 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0]; 10179 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start); 10180 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start); 10181 10182 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */ 10183 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 10184 10185 /* Parse the end location. */ 10186 10187 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end); 10188 arg_start = arg; 10189 10190 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using 10191 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's 10192 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the 10193 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14", 10194 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */ 10195 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 10196 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line, 10197 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL); 10198 10199 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end); 10200 10201 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals)) 10202 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range.")); 10203 10204 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0); 10205 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1 10206 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1) 10207 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations.")); 10208 10209 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0]; 10210 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start); 10211 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end); 10212 10213 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end); 10214 if (sal_start.pc > end) 10215 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start.")); 10216 10217 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1; 10218 if (length < 0) 10219 /* Length overflowed. */ 10220 error (_("Address range too large.")); 10221 else if (length == 1) 10222 { 10223 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by 10224 the `hbreak' command. */ 10225 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1); 10226 10227 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt); 10228 10229 return; 10230 } 10231 10232 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */ 10233 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start, 10234 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops); 10235 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 10236 b->number = breakpoint_count; 10237 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 10238 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start); 10239 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end); 10240 b->loc->length = length; 10241 10242 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt); 10243 10244 mention (b); 10245 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b); 10246 update_global_location_list (1); 10247 } 10248 10249 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero 10250 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for 10251 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return 10252 zero. */ 10253 10254 static int 10255 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp) 10256 { 10257 int i = exp->nelts; 10258 10259 while (i > 0) 10260 { 10261 int oplenp, argsp; 10262 10263 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */ 10264 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp); 10265 i -= oplenp; 10266 10267 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode) 10268 { 10269 case BINOP_ADD: 10270 case BINOP_SUB: 10271 case BINOP_MUL: 10272 case BINOP_DIV: 10273 case BINOP_REM: 10274 case BINOP_MOD: 10275 case BINOP_LSH: 10276 case BINOP_RSH: 10277 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: 10278 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: 10279 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: 10280 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: 10281 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: 10282 case BINOP_EQUAL: 10283 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: 10284 case BINOP_LESS: 10285 case BINOP_GTR: 10286 case BINOP_LEQ: 10287 case BINOP_GEQ: 10288 case BINOP_REPEAT: 10289 case BINOP_COMMA: 10290 case BINOP_EXP: 10291 case BINOP_MIN: 10292 case BINOP_MAX: 10293 case BINOP_INTDIV: 10294 case BINOP_CONCAT: 10295 case BINOP_IN: 10296 case BINOP_RANGE: 10297 case TERNOP_COND: 10298 case TERNOP_SLICE: 10299 10300 case OP_LONG: 10301 case OP_DOUBLE: 10302 case OP_DECFLOAT: 10303 case OP_LAST: 10304 case OP_COMPLEX: 10305 case OP_STRING: 10306 case OP_ARRAY: 10307 case OP_TYPE: 10308 case OP_TYPEOF: 10309 case OP_DECLTYPE: 10310 case OP_NAME: 10311 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING: 10312 10313 case UNOP_NEG: 10314 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: 10315 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT: 10316 case UNOP_ADDR: 10317 case UNOP_HIGH: 10318 case UNOP_CAST: 10319 10320 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE: 10321 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST: 10322 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST: 10323 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check 10324 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the 10325 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are 10326 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B". 10327 10328 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the 10329 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when 10330 ADDR is. */ 10331 break; 10332 10333 case OP_VAR_VALUE: 10334 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant. 10335 10336 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's 10337 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as 10338 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return 10339 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't. 10340 10341 We also have to check for function symbols because they 10342 are always constant. */ 10343 { 10344 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol; 10345 10346 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK 10347 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST 10348 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES) 10349 return 0; 10350 break; 10351 } 10352 10353 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using 10354 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something, 10355 then it is not a constant. */ 10356 default: 10357 return 0; 10358 } 10359 } 10360 10361 return 1; 10362 } 10363 10364 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */ 10365 10366 static void 10367 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self) 10368 { 10369 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self; 10370 10371 xfree (w->cond_exp); 10372 xfree (w->exp); 10373 xfree (w->exp_string); 10374 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse); 10375 value_free (w->val); 10376 10377 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self); 10378 } 10379 10380 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */ 10381 10382 static void 10383 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 10384 { 10385 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10386 10387 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global 10388 variables, or it can be on local variables. 10389 10390 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even 10391 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables 10392 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries 10393 are loaded and unloaded. 10394 10395 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result 10396 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local 10397 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, 10398 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression 10399 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still 10400 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user. 10401 10402 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if 10403 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the 10404 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact, 10405 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case. 10406 10407 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then 10408 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it. 10409 10410 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be 10411 reevaluated again when enabled. */ 10412 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */); 10413 } 10414 10415 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */ 10416 10417 static int 10418 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl) 10419 { 10420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10421 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length; 10422 10423 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type, 10424 w->cond_exp); 10425 } 10426 10427 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */ 10428 10429 static int 10430 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl) 10431 { 10432 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10433 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length; 10434 10435 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type, 10436 w->cond_exp); 10437 } 10438 10439 static int 10440 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl, 10441 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 10442 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 10443 { 10444 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner; 10445 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10446 10447 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the 10448 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on 10449 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction 10450 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has 10451 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger 10452 (did not match the data address). */ 10453 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b) 10454 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no) 10455 return 0; 10456 10457 return 1; 10458 } 10459 10460 static void 10461 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs) 10462 { 10463 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at)); 10464 10465 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs); 10466 } 10467 10468 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for 10469 hardware watchpoints. */ 10470 10471 static int 10472 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl) 10473 { 10474 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10475 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length; 10476 10477 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length); 10478 } 10479 10480 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for 10481 hardware watchpoints. */ 10482 10483 static int 10484 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 10485 { 10486 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */ 10487 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint; 10488 } 10489 10490 static enum print_stop_action 10491 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs) 10492 { 10493 struct cleanup *old_chain; 10494 struct breakpoint *b; 10495 const struct bp_location *bl; 10496 struct ui_file *stb; 10497 enum print_stop_action result; 10498 struct watchpoint *w; 10499 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10500 10501 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL); 10502 10503 bl = bs->bp_location_at; 10504 b = bs->breakpoint_at; 10505 w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10506 10507 stb = mem_fileopen (); 10508 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb); 10509 10510 switch (b->type) 10511 { 10512 case bp_watchpoint: 10513 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10514 annotate_watchpoint (b->number); 10515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10516 ui_out_field_string 10517 (uiout, "reason", 10518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10519 mention (b); 10520 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 10521 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); 10522 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb); 10523 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); 10524 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); 10525 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb); 10526 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); 10527 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10528 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */ 10529 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 10530 break; 10531 10532 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10533 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10534 ui_out_field_string 10535 (uiout, "reason", 10536 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10537 mention (b); 10538 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 10539 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); 10540 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb); 10541 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb); 10542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10543 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 10544 break; 10545 10546 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10547 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 10548 { 10549 annotate_watchpoint (b->number); 10550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10551 ui_out_field_string 10552 (uiout, "reason", 10553 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10554 mention (b); 10555 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 10556 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); 10557 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb); 10558 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); 10559 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); 10560 } 10561 else 10562 { 10563 mention (b); 10564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10565 ui_out_field_string 10566 (uiout, "reason", 10567 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10568 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 10569 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); 10570 } 10571 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb); 10572 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); 10573 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10574 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 10575 break; 10576 default: 10577 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 10578 } 10579 10580 do_cleanups (old_chain); 10581 return result; 10582 } 10583 10584 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware 10585 watchpoints. */ 10586 10587 static void 10588 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 10589 { 10590 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain; 10591 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10592 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10593 10594 switch (b->type) 10595 { 10596 case bp_watchpoint: 10597 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint "); 10598 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); 10599 break; 10600 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10601 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint "); 10602 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); 10603 break; 10604 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10605 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint "); 10606 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt"); 10607 break; 10608 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10609 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint "); 10610 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt"); 10611 break; 10612 default: 10613 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 10614 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type.")); 10615 } 10616 10617 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 10618 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 10619 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string); 10620 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 10621 } 10622 10623 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for 10624 watchpoints. */ 10625 10626 static void 10627 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 10628 { 10629 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10630 10631 switch (b->type) 10632 { 10633 case bp_watchpoint: 10634 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10635 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); 10636 break; 10637 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10638 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch"); 10639 break; 10640 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch"); 10642 break; 10643 default: 10644 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 10645 _("Invalid watchpoint type.")); 10646 } 10647 10648 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string); 10649 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 10650 } 10651 10652 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for 10653 watchpoints. */ 10654 10655 static enum bpstat_signal_value 10656 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig) 10657 { 10658 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than 10659 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */ 10660 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP) 10661 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO; 10662 10663 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE; 10664 } 10665 10666 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */ 10667 10668 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 10669 10670 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for 10671 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10672 10673 static int 10674 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl) 10675 { 10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10677 10678 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask, 10679 bl->watchpoint_type); 10680 } 10681 10682 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for 10683 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10684 10685 static int 10686 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl) 10687 { 10688 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10689 10690 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask, 10691 bl->watchpoint_type); 10692 } 10693 10694 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for 10695 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10696 10697 static int 10698 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl) 10699 { 10700 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner; 10701 10702 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask); 10703 } 10704 10705 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for 10706 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10707 10708 static int 10709 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 10710 { 10711 return 0; 10712 } 10713 10714 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for 10715 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10716 10717 static enum print_stop_action 10718 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs) 10719 { 10720 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 10721 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10722 10723 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */ 10724 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL); 10725 10726 switch (b->type) 10727 { 10728 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10729 annotate_watchpoint (b->number); 10730 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10731 ui_out_field_string 10732 (uiout, "reason", 10733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10734 break; 10735 10736 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10737 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10738 ui_out_field_string 10739 (uiout, "reason", 10740 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10741 break; 10742 10743 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10744 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 10745 ui_out_field_string 10746 (uiout, "reason", 10747 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 10748 break; 10749 default: 10750 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 10751 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type.")); 10752 } 10753 10754 mention (b); 10755 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\ 10756 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\ 10757 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n")); 10758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10759 10760 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */ 10761 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 10762 } 10763 10764 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for 10765 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10766 10767 static void 10768 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b, 10769 struct ui_out *uiout) 10770 { 10771 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10772 10773 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */ 10774 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL); 10775 10776 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask "); 10777 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask); 10778 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 10779 } 10780 10781 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for 10782 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10783 10784 static void 10785 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 10786 { 10787 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10788 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 10789 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain; 10790 10791 switch (b->type) 10792 { 10793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10794 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint "); 10795 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); 10796 break; 10797 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10798 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint "); 10799 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt"); 10800 break; 10801 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10802 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint "); 10803 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt"); 10804 break; 10805 default: 10806 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 10807 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type.")); 10808 } 10809 10810 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 10811 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 10812 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string); 10813 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 10814 } 10815 10816 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for 10817 masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10818 10819 static void 10820 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 10821 { 10822 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b; 10823 char tmp[40]; 10824 10825 switch (b->type) 10826 { 10827 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10828 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); 10829 break; 10830 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch"); 10832 break; 10833 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch"); 10835 break; 10836 default: 10837 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 10838 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type.")); 10839 } 10840 10841 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask); 10842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp); 10843 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 10844 } 10845 10846 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */ 10847 10848 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 10849 10850 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */ 10851 10852 static int 10853 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 10854 { 10855 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 10856 } 10857 10858 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write, 10859 hw_read: watch read, 10860 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */ 10861 static void 10862 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty, 10863 int just_location, int internal) 10864 { 10865 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 10866 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL; 10867 struct expression *exp; 10868 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL; 10869 struct value *val, *mark, *result; 10870 struct frame_info *frame; 10871 const char *exp_start = NULL; 10872 const char *exp_end = NULL; 10873 const char *tok, *end_tok; 10874 int toklen = -1; 10875 const char *cond_start = NULL; 10876 const char *cond_end = NULL; 10877 enum bptype bp_type; 10878 int thread = -1; 10879 int pc = 0; 10880 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for 10881 the hardware watchpoint. */ 10882 int use_mask = 0; 10883 CORE_ADDR mask = 0; 10884 struct watchpoint *w; 10885 char *expression; 10886 struct cleanup *back_to; 10887 10888 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */ 10889 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0') 10890 { 10891 const char *value_start; 10892 10893 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg); 10894 10895 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end 10896 of the arguments string. */ 10897 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--) 10898 { 10899 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */ 10900 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) 10901 tok--; 10902 10903 /* Find the beginning of the last token. 10904 This is the value of the parameter. */ 10905 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) 10906 tok--; 10907 value_start = tok + 1; 10908 10909 /* Skip whitespace. */ 10910 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) 10911 tok--; 10912 10913 end_tok = tok; 10914 10915 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token. 10916 This is the parameter itself. */ 10917 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) 10918 tok--; 10919 tok++; 10920 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1; 10921 10922 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6)) 10923 { 10924 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means 10925 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers 10926 only in a specific thread. */ 10927 char *endp; 10928 10929 if (thread != -1) 10930 error(_("You can specify only one thread.")); 10931 10932 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */ 10933 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0); 10934 10935 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the 10936 thread ID. */ 10937 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') 10938 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start); 10939 10940 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */ 10941 if (!valid_thread_id (thread)) 10942 invalid_thread_id_error (thread); 10943 } 10944 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4)) 10945 { 10946 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to 10947 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask 10948 facility. */ 10949 struct value *mask_value, *mark; 10950 10951 if (use_mask) 10952 error(_("You can specify only one mask.")); 10953 10954 use_mask = just_location = 1; 10955 10956 mark = value_mark (); 10957 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start); 10958 mask = value_as_address (mask_value); 10959 value_free_to_mark (mark); 10960 } 10961 else 10962 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */ 10963 break; 10964 10965 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before 10966 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */ 10967 exp_end = tok; 10968 } 10969 } 10970 else 10971 exp_end = arg; 10972 10973 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything 10974 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original 10975 ARG. */ 10976 innermost_block = NULL; 10977 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg); 10978 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression); 10979 exp_start = arg = expression; 10980 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0); 10981 exp_end = arg; 10982 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it. 10983 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit 10984 prettier. */ 10985 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t')) 10986 --exp_end; 10987 10988 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */ 10989 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp)) 10990 { 10991 int len; 10992 10993 len = exp_end - exp_start; 10994 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1])) 10995 len--; 10996 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start); 10997 } 10998 10999 exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 11000 mark = value_mark (); 11001 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL); 11002 11003 if (just_location) 11004 { 11005 int ret; 11006 11007 exp_valid_block = NULL; 11008 val = value_addr (result); 11009 release_value (val); 11010 value_free_to_mark (mark); 11011 11012 if (use_mask) 11013 { 11014 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val), 11015 mask); 11016 if (ret == -1) 11017 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints.")); 11018 else if (ret == -2) 11019 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region.")); 11020 } 11021 } 11022 else if (val != NULL) 11023 release_value (val); 11024 11025 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg); 11026 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok); 11027 11028 toklen = end_tok - tok; 11029 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) 11030 { 11031 struct expression *cond; 11032 11033 innermost_block = NULL; 11034 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; 11035 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0); 11036 11037 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition 11038 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */ 11039 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 11040 11041 xfree (cond); 11042 cond_end = tok; 11043 } 11044 if (*tok) 11045 error (_("Junk at end of command.")); 11046 11047 if (accessflag == hw_read) 11048 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint; 11049 else if (accessflag == hw_access) 11050 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint; 11051 else 11052 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; 11053 11054 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block); 11055 11056 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope" 11057 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint 11058 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so 11059 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */ 11060 if (exp_valid_block && frame) 11061 { 11062 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame))) 11063 { 11064 scope_breakpoint 11065 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), 11066 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 11067 bp_watchpoint_scope, 11068 &momentary_breakpoint_ops); 11069 11070 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled; 11071 11072 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */ 11073 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del; 11074 11075 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */ 11076 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame); 11077 11078 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */ 11079 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch 11080 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame); 11081 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address 11082 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); 11083 scope_breakpoint->loc->address 11084 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch, 11085 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address, 11086 scope_breakpoint->type); 11087 } 11088 } 11089 11090 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */ 11091 11092 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint); 11093 b = &w->base; 11094 if (use_mask) 11095 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type, 11096 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops); 11097 else 11098 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type, 11099 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops); 11100 b->thread = thread; 11101 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 11102 b->pspace = current_program_space; 11103 w->exp = exp; 11104 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block; 11105 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block; 11106 if (just_location) 11107 { 11108 struct type *t = value_type (val); 11109 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val); 11110 char *name; 11111 11112 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t))); 11113 name = type_to_string (t); 11114 11115 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name, 11116 core_addr_to_string (addr)); 11117 xfree (name); 11118 11119 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s", 11120 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start); 11121 11122 /* The above expression is in C. */ 11123 b->language = language_c; 11124 } 11125 else 11126 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start); 11127 11128 if (use_mask) 11129 { 11130 w->hw_wp_mask = mask; 11131 } 11132 else 11133 { 11134 w->val = val; 11135 w->val_valid = 1; 11136 } 11137 11138 if (cond_start) 11139 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start); 11140 else 11141 b->cond_string = 0; 11142 11143 if (frame) 11144 { 11145 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame); 11146 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid; 11147 } 11148 else 11149 { 11150 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id; 11151 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid; 11152 } 11153 11154 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL) 11155 { 11156 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will 11157 need to act on them together. */ 11158 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint; 11159 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b; 11160 } 11161 11162 if (!just_location) 11163 value_free_to_mark (mark); 11164 11165 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 11166 { 11167 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations 11168 that should be inserted. */ 11169 update_watchpoint (w, 1); 11170 } 11171 if (e.reason < 0) 11172 { 11173 delete_breakpoint (b); 11174 throw_exception (e); 11175 } 11176 11177 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1); 11178 do_cleanups (back_to); 11179 } 11180 11181 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression. 11182 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */ 11183 11184 static int 11185 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v) 11186 { 11187 int found_memory_cnt = 0; 11188 struct value *head = v; 11189 11190 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */ 11191 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints) 11192 return 0; 11193 11194 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon 11195 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we 11196 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a 11197 hardware watchpoint. 11198 11199 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series 11200 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The 11201 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and 11202 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish 11203 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues, 11204 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate 11205 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves 11206 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the 11207 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints. 11208 11209 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior 11210 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not 11211 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call 11212 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */ 11213 for (; v; v = value_next (v)) 11214 { 11215 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory) 11216 { 11217 if (v != head && value_lazy (v)) 11218 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never 11219 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g., 11220 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' 11221 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is 11222 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */ 11223 ; 11224 else 11225 { 11226 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover 11227 it with hardware watchpoints. */ 11228 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); 11229 11230 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it 11231 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a 11232 middle of some value chain. */ 11233 if (v == head 11234 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT 11235 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) 11236 { 11237 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v); 11238 int len; 11239 int num_regs; 11240 11241 len = (target_exact_watchpoints 11242 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))? 11243 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); 11244 11245 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len); 11246 if (!num_regs) 11247 return 0; 11248 else 11249 found_memory_cnt += num_regs; 11250 } 11251 } 11252 } 11253 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval 11254 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0) 11255 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */ 11256 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register) 11257 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */ 11258 } 11259 11260 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware 11261 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */ 11262 return found_memory_cnt; 11263 } 11264 11265 void 11266 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal) 11267 { 11268 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal); 11269 } 11270 11271 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then 11272 calls watch_command_1. */ 11273 11274 static void 11275 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty) 11276 { 11277 int just_location = 0; 11278 11279 if (arg 11280 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1) 11281 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1))) 11282 { 11283 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11284 just_location = 1; 11285 } 11286 11287 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0); 11288 } 11289 11290 static void 11291 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11292 { 11293 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty); 11294 } 11295 11296 void 11297 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal) 11298 { 11299 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal); 11300 } 11301 11302 static void 11303 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11304 { 11305 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty); 11306 } 11307 11308 void 11309 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal) 11310 { 11311 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal); 11312 } 11313 11314 static void 11315 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11316 { 11317 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty); 11318 } 11319 11320 11321 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here 11322 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */ 11323 11324 struct until_break_command_continuation_args 11325 { 11326 struct breakpoint *breakpoint; 11327 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2; 11328 int thread_num; 11329 }; 11330 11331 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the 11332 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes 11333 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until 11334 command. */ 11335 static void 11336 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err) 11337 { 11338 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg; 11339 11340 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint); 11341 if (a->breakpoint2) 11342 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2); 11343 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num); 11344 } 11345 11346 void 11347 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere) 11348 { 11349 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 11350 struct symtab_and_line sal; 11351 struct frame_info *frame; 11352 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch; 11353 struct frame_id stack_frame_id; 11354 struct frame_id caller_frame_id; 11355 struct breakpoint *breakpoint; 11356 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL; 11357 struct cleanup *old_chain; 11358 int thread; 11359 struct thread_info *tp; 11360 11361 clear_proceed_status (); 11362 11363 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from 11364 this function. */ 11365 11366 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()) 11367 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 11368 get_last_displayed_symtab (), 11369 get_last_displayed_line ()); 11370 else 11371 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 11372 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0); 11373 11374 if (sals.nelts != 1) 11375 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line.")); 11376 11377 sal = sals.sals[0]; 11378 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */ 11379 11380 if (*arg) 11381 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 11382 11383 resolve_sal_pc (&sal); 11384 11385 tp = inferior_thread (); 11386 thread = tp->num; 11387 11388 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); 11389 11390 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain. 11391 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it 11392 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before 11393 that. */ 11394 11395 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL); 11396 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame); 11397 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame); 11398 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame); 11399 11400 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current 11401 one. */ 11402 11403 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id)) 11404 { 11405 struct symtab_and_line sal2; 11406 11407 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0); 11408 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); 11409 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), 11410 sal2, 11411 caller_frame_id, 11412 bp_until); 11413 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2); 11414 11415 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id); 11416 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread); 11417 } 11418 11419 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */ 11420 frame = NULL; 11421 11422 if (anywhere) 11423 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, 11424 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */ 11425 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal, 11426 null_frame_id, bp_until); 11427 else 11428 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop 11429 only at the very same frame. */ 11430 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal, 11431 stack_frame_id, bp_until); 11432 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint); 11433 11434 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0); 11435 11436 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has 11437 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to 11438 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already 11439 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */ 11440 11441 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid)) 11442 { 11443 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args; 11444 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args)); 11445 11446 args->breakpoint = breakpoint; 11447 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2; 11448 args->thread_num = thread; 11449 11450 discard_cleanups (old_chain); 11451 add_continuation (inferior_thread (), 11452 until_break_command_continuation, args, 11453 xfree); 11454 } 11455 else 11456 do_cleanups (old_chain); 11457 } 11458 11459 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause 11460 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL. 11461 11462 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not 11463 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And, 11464 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed 11465 if clause in the arg string. */ 11466 11467 static char * 11468 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg) 11469 { 11470 char *cond_string; 11471 11472 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2])) 11473 return NULL; 11474 11475 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */ 11476 (*arg) += 2; 11477 11478 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the 11479 condition string. */ 11480 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg); 11481 cond_string = *arg; 11482 11483 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg 11484 string. */ 11485 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string); 11486 11487 return cond_string; 11488 } 11489 11490 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions, 11491 process start/exit, etc. */ 11492 11493 typedef enum 11494 { 11495 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary, 11496 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent 11497 } 11498 catch_fork_kind; 11499 11500 static void 11501 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 11502 struct cmd_list_element *command) 11503 { 11504 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 11505 char *cond_string = NULL; 11506 catch_fork_kind fork_kind; 11507 int tempflag; 11508 11509 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command); 11510 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary 11511 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary); 11512 11513 if (!arg) 11514 arg = ""; 11515 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11516 11517 /* The allowed syntax is: 11518 catch [v]fork 11519 catch [v]fork if <cond> 11520 11521 First, check if there's an if clause. */ 11522 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 11523 11524 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 11525 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 11526 11527 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint 11528 and enable reporting of such events. */ 11529 switch (fork_kind) 11530 { 11531 case catch_fork_temporary: 11532 case catch_fork_permanent: 11533 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 11534 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops); 11535 break; 11536 case catch_vfork_temporary: 11537 case catch_vfork_permanent: 11538 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 11539 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops); 11540 break; 11541 default: 11542 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it")); 11543 break; 11544 } 11545 } 11546 11547 static void 11548 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 11549 struct cmd_list_element *command) 11550 { 11551 struct exec_catchpoint *c; 11552 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 11553 int tempflag; 11554 char *cond_string = NULL; 11555 11556 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 11557 11558 if (!arg) 11559 arg = ""; 11560 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11561 11562 /* The allowed syntax is: 11563 catch exec 11564 catch exec if <cond> 11565 11566 First, check if there's an if clause. */ 11567 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 11568 11569 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 11570 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 11571 11572 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint); 11573 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 11574 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops); 11575 c->exec_pathname = NULL; 11576 11577 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1); 11578 } 11579 11580 static enum print_stop_action 11581 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs) 11582 { 11583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 11584 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 11585 int bp_temp, bp_throw; 11586 11587 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 11588 11589 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 11590 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address) 11591 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address, 11592 b->loc->address, 11593 b->number, 1); 11594 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 11595 ui_out_text (uiout, 11596 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint " 11597 : "Catchpoint "); 11598 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 11599 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 11600 ui_out_text (uiout, 11601 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), " 11602 : " (exception caught), "); 11603 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 11604 { 11605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 11606 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); 11607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 11608 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 11609 } 11610 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 11611 } 11612 11613 static void 11614 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 11615 struct bp_location **last_loc) 11616 { 11617 struct value_print_options opts; 11618 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 11619 11620 get_user_print_options (&opts); 11621 if (opts.addressprint) 11622 { 11623 annotate_field (4); 11624 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled) 11625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); 11626 else 11627 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", 11628 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address); 11629 } 11630 annotate_field (5); 11631 if (b->loc) 11632 *last_loc = b->loc; 11633 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL) 11634 { 11635 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw"); 11636 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 11637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw"); 11638 } 11639 else 11640 { 11641 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch"); 11642 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 11643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch"); 11644 } 11645 } 11646 11647 static void 11648 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 11649 { 11650 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 11651 int bp_temp; 11652 int bp_throw; 11653 11654 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 11655 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 11656 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") 11657 : _("Catchpoint ")); 11658 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 11659 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)") 11660 : _(" (catch)")); 11661 } 11662 11663 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and 11664 catch catchpoints. */ 11665 11666 static void 11667 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 11668 struct ui_file *fp) 11669 { 11670 int bp_temp; 11671 int bp_throw; 11672 11673 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 11674 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 11675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch "); 11676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch"); 11677 print_recreate_thread (b, fp); 11678 } 11679 11680 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops; 11681 11682 static int 11683 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string, 11684 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty) 11685 { 11686 char *trigger_func_name; 11687 11688 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH) 11689 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch"; 11690 else 11691 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw"; 11692 11693 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 11694 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL, 11695 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */, 11696 tempflag, bp_breakpoint, 11697 0, 11698 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */, 11699 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty, 11700 1 /* enabled */, 11701 0 /* internal */, 11702 0); 11703 11704 return 1; 11705 } 11706 11707 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */ 11708 11709 static void 11710 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg, 11711 int tempflag, int from_tty) 11712 { 11713 char *cond_string = NULL; 11714 11715 if (!arg) 11716 arg = ""; 11717 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11718 11719 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 11720 11721 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 11722 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 11723 11724 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW 11725 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH) 11726 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it")); 11727 11728 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty)) 11729 return; 11730 11731 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination.")); 11732 } 11733 11734 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */ 11735 11736 static void 11737 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) 11738 { 11739 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 11740 11741 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty); 11742 } 11743 11744 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */ 11745 11746 static void 11747 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) 11748 { 11749 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 11750 11751 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty); 11752 } 11753 11754 void 11755 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 11756 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 11757 struct symtab_and_line sal, 11758 char *addr_string, 11759 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 11760 int tempflag, 11761 int from_tty) 11762 { 11763 if (from_tty) 11764 { 11765 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); 11766 if (!loc_gdbarch) 11767 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; 11768 11769 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, 11770 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1); 11771 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special 11772 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints 11773 used for different exception names will use the same address. 11774 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is 11775 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit 11776 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell 11777 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good 11778 enough for now, though. */ 11779 } 11780 11781 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops); 11782 11783 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 11784 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 11785 b->addr_string = addr_string; 11786 b->language = language_ada; 11787 } 11788 11789 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd 11790 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */ 11791 static VEC(int) * 11792 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg) 11793 { 11794 VEC(int) *result = NULL; 11795 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result); 11796 11797 while (*arg != '\0') 11798 { 11799 int i, syscall_number; 11800 char *endptr; 11801 char cur_name[128]; 11802 struct syscall s; 11803 11804 /* Skip whitespace. */ 11805 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11806 11807 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i) 11808 cur_name[i] = arg[i]; 11809 cur_name[i] = '\0'; 11810 arg += i; 11811 11812 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */ 11813 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0); 11814 if (*endptr == '\0') 11815 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s); 11816 else 11817 { 11818 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it 11819 to a number. */ 11820 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s); 11821 11822 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL) 11823 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, 11824 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no 11825 syscall number to be caught. */ 11826 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name); 11827 } 11828 11829 /* Ok, it's valid. */ 11830 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number); 11831 } 11832 11833 discard_cleanups (cleanup); 11834 return result; 11835 } 11836 11837 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */ 11838 11839 static void 11840 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 11841 struct cmd_list_element *command) 11842 { 11843 int tempflag; 11844 VEC(int) *filter; 11845 struct syscall s; 11846 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 11847 11848 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */ 11849 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0) 11850 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \ 11851 this architecture yet.")); 11852 11853 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 11854 11855 arg = skip_spaces (arg); 11856 11857 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order 11858 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important, 11859 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file 11860 for his/her architecture. */ 11861 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s); 11862 11863 /* The allowed syntax is: 11864 catch syscall 11865 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>] 11866 11867 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */ 11868 11869 if (arg != NULL) 11870 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg); 11871 else 11872 filter = NULL; 11873 11874 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter, 11875 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); 11876 } 11877 11878 static void 11879 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11880 { 11881 error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); 11882 } 11883 11884 11885 static void 11886 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11887 { 11888 error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); 11889 } 11890 11891 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */ 11892 11893 static int 11894 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b) 11895 { 11896 const breakpoint_p *ba = a; 11897 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba; 11898 const breakpoint_p *bb = b; 11899 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb; 11900 11901 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number) 11902 return -1; 11903 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number) 11904 return 1; 11905 11906 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with 11907 the number 0. */ 11908 if (ua < ub) 11909 return -1; 11910 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0; 11911 } 11912 11913 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */ 11914 11915 static void 11916 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11917 { 11918 struct breakpoint *b, *prev; 11919 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; 11920 int ix; 11921 int default_match; 11922 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 11923 struct symtab_and_line sal; 11924 int i; 11925 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); 11926 11927 if (arg) 11928 { 11929 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg, 11930 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE 11931 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE)); 11932 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 11933 default_match = 0; 11934 } 11935 else 11936 { 11937 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) 11938 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 11939 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 11940 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */ 11941 11942 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values 11943 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the 11944 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */ 11945 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal); 11946 if (sal.symtab == 0) 11947 error (_("No source file specified.")); 11948 11949 sals.sals[0] = sal; 11950 sals.nelts = 1; 11951 11952 default_match = 1; 11953 } 11954 11955 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it 11956 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both 11957 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can 11958 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all. 11959 11960 We only support clearing given the address explicitly 11961 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint 11962 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line, 11963 due to optimization, all in one block. 11964 11965 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another 11966 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't 11967 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but 11968 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user 11969 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important 11970 to support that. */ 11971 11972 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do 11973 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that 11974 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one 11975 breakpoint. */ 11976 11977 found = NULL; 11978 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found); 11979 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 11980 { 11981 const char *sal_fullname; 11982 11983 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc. 11984 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line. 11985 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line 11986 or at default pc. 11987 11988 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do 11989 11990 0 1 pc 11991 1 1 pc _and_ line 11992 0 0 line 11993 1 0 <can't happen> */ 11994 11995 sal = sals.sals[i]; 11996 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL 11997 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab)); 11998 11999 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */ 12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 12001 { 12002 int match = 0; 12003 /* Are we going to delete b? */ 12004 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b)) 12005 { 12006 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; 12007 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 12008 { 12009 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC 12010 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */ 12011 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line 12012 && sal.pc 12013 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace) 12014 && (loc->address == sal.pc) 12015 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section) 12016 || loc->section == sal.section)); 12017 int line_match = 0; 12018 12019 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line) 12020 && loc->symtab != NULL 12021 && sal_fullname != NULL 12022 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace 12023 && loc->line_number == sal.line 12024 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab), 12025 sal_fullname) == 0) 12026 line_match = 1; 12027 12028 if (pc_match || line_match) 12029 { 12030 match = 1; 12031 break; 12032 } 12033 } 12034 } 12035 12036 if (match) 12037 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); 12038 } 12039 } 12040 12041 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */ 12042 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found)) 12043 { 12044 if (arg) 12045 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg); 12046 else 12047 error (_("No breakpoint at this line.")); 12048 } 12049 12050 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */ 12051 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found), 12052 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found), 12053 sizeof (breakpoint_p), 12054 compare_breakpoints); 12055 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0); 12056 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix) 12057 { 12058 if (b == prev) 12059 { 12060 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix); 12061 --ix; 12062 } 12063 } 12064 12065 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1) 12066 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */ 12067 if (from_tty) 12068 { 12069 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1) 12070 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint ")); 12071 else 12072 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints ")); 12073 } 12074 12075 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++) 12076 { 12077 if (from_tty) 12078 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number); 12079 delete_breakpoint (b); 12080 } 12081 if (from_tty) 12082 putchar_unfiltered ('\n'); 12083 12084 do_cleanups (cleanups); 12085 } 12086 12087 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and 12088 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not. 12089 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */ 12090 12091 void 12092 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs) 12093 { 12094 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 12095 12096 for (; bs; bs = bs->next) 12097 if (bs->breakpoint_at 12098 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del 12099 && bs->stop) 12100 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at); 12101 12102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 12103 { 12104 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 12105 delete_breakpoint (b); 12106 } 12107 } 12108 12109 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to 12110 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what 12111 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), 12112 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and 12113 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite 12114 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */ 12115 12116 static int 12117 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp) 12118 { 12119 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap; 12120 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp; 12121 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */ 12122 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; 12123 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; 12124 12125 if (a->address != b->address) 12126 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address); 12127 12128 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping 12129 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment) 12130 grouped. */ 12131 12132 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num) 12133 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num) 12134 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num)); 12135 12136 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */ 12137 if (a_perm != b_perm) 12138 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm); 12139 12140 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs 12141 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of 12142 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */ 12143 12144 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number) 12145 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number) 12146 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number)); 12147 12148 return (a > b) - (a < b); 12149 } 12150 12151 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and 12152 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current 12153 content of the bp_location array. */ 12154 12155 static void 12156 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void) 12157 { 12158 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 12159 12160 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0; 12161 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0; 12162 12163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 12164 { 12165 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr; 12166 12167 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl)) 12168 continue; 12169 12170 start = bl->target_info.placed_address; 12171 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len; 12172 12173 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start); 12174 addr = bl->address - start; 12175 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) 12176 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr; 12177 12178 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */ 12179 12180 gdb_assert (bl->address < end); 12181 addr = end - bl->address; 12182 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max) 12183 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr; 12184 } 12185 } 12186 12187 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */ 12188 12189 static void 12190 download_tracepoint_locations (void) 12191 { 12192 struct breakpoint *b; 12193 struct cleanup *old_chain; 12194 12195 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ()) 12196 return; 12197 12198 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 12199 12200 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) 12201 { 12202 struct bp_location *bl; 12203 struct tracepoint *t; 12204 int bp_location_downloaded = 0; 12205 12206 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint 12207 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints 12208 : !may_insert_tracepoints)) 12209 continue; 12210 12211 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 12212 { 12213 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so 12214 should_be_inserted is equivalent to 12215 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */ 12216 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted) 12217 continue; 12218 12219 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace); 12220 12221 target_download_tracepoint (bl); 12222 12223 bl->inserted = 1; 12224 bp_location_downloaded = 1; 12225 } 12226 t = (struct tracepoint *) b; 12227 t->number_on_target = b->number; 12228 if (bp_location_downloaded) 12229 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 12230 } 12231 12232 do_cleanups (old_chain); 12233 } 12234 12235 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */ 12236 12237 static void 12238 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right) 12239 { 12240 const int left_inserted = left->inserted; 12241 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate; 12242 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update; 12243 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info; 12244 12245 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */ 12246 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner)) 12247 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate); 12248 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner)) 12249 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate); 12250 12251 left->inserted = right->inserted; 12252 left->duplicate = right->duplicate; 12253 left->needs_update = right->needs_update; 12254 left->target_info = right->target_info; 12255 right->inserted = left_inserted; 12256 right->duplicate = left_duplicate; 12257 right->needs_update = left_needs_update; 12258 right->target_info = left_target_info; 12259 } 12260 12261 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called 12262 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating 12263 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on 12264 the target. */ 12265 12266 static void 12267 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl) 12268 { 12269 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p; 12270 struct bp_location *loc; 12271 CORE_ADDR address = 0; 12272 int pspace_num; 12273 12274 address = bl->address; 12275 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num; 12276 12277 /* This is only meaningful if the target is 12278 evaluating conditions and if the user has 12279 opted for condition evaluation on the target's 12280 side. */ 12281 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p () 12282 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ()) 12283 return; 12284 12285 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and 12286 the same program space as the location 12287 as "its condition has changed". We need to 12288 update the conditions on the target's side. */ 12289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address) 12290 { 12291 loc = *loc2p; 12292 12293 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner) 12294 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num) 12295 continue; 12296 12297 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to 12298 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations 12299 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so 12300 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations 12301 that have already been marked. */ 12302 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated; 12303 12304 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute 12305 it later on. */ 12306 if (loc->cond_bytecode) 12307 { 12308 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode); 12309 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL; 12310 } 12311 } 12312 } 12313 12314 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations 12315 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no 12316 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or 12317 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint 12318 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other 12319 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted 12320 returns true on them. 12321 12322 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g., 12323 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint 12324 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored 12325 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has 12326 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all 12327 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */ 12328 12329 static void 12330 update_global_location_list (int should_insert) 12331 { 12332 struct breakpoint *b; 12333 struct bp_location **locp, *loc; 12334 struct cleanup *cleanups; 12335 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */ 12336 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0; 12337 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */ 12338 int last_pspace_num = -1; 12339 12340 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all 12341 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address. 12342 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never 12343 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of 12344 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations 12345 once. */ 12346 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */ 12347 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */ 12348 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */ 12349 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */ 12350 12351 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly 12352 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */ 12353 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp; 12354 unsigned old_location_count; 12355 12356 old_location = bp_location; 12357 old_location_count = bp_location_count; 12358 bp_location = NULL; 12359 bp_location_count = 0; 12360 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location); 12361 12362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 12363 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 12364 bp_location_count++; 12365 12366 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count); 12367 locp = bp_location; 12368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 12369 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 12370 *locp++ = loc; 12371 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location), 12372 bp_location_compare); 12373 12374 bp_location_target_extensions_update (); 12375 12376 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the 12377 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not 12378 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior -- 12379 if there's another location at the same address (previously 12380 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the 12381 location. 12382 12383 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current 12384 and former bp_location array state respectively. */ 12385 12386 locp = bp_location; 12387 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count; 12388 old_locp++) 12389 { 12390 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp; 12391 struct bp_location **loc2p; 12392 12393 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If 12394 not, we have to free it. */ 12395 int found_object = 0; 12396 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */ 12397 int keep_in_target = 0; 12398 int removed = 0; 12399 12400 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. 12401 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */ 12402 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count 12403 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address) 12404 locp++; 12405 12406 for (loc2p = locp; 12407 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count 12408 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); 12409 loc2p++) 12410 { 12411 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated 12412 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send 12413 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking 12414 place there. */ 12415 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified 12416 && (last_addr != old_loc->address 12417 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num)) 12418 { 12419 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p); 12420 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num; 12421 } 12422 12423 if (*loc2p == old_loc) 12424 found_object = 1; 12425 } 12426 12427 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't 12428 have to go through updates again. */ 12429 last_addr = old_loc->address; 12430 12431 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */ 12432 if (!found_object) 12433 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc); 12434 12435 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if 12436 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so, 12437 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is 12438 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint 12439 at certain location is not inserted. */ 12440 12441 if (old_loc->inserted) 12442 { 12443 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove 12444 it. */ 12445 12446 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc)) 12447 { 12448 /* The location is still present in the location list, 12449 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */ 12450 keep_in_target = 1; 12451 } 12452 else 12453 { 12454 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the 12455 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to 12456 remove its target-side condition. */ 12457 12458 /* The location is either no longer present, or got 12459 disabled. See if there's another location at the 12460 same address, in which case we don't need to remove 12461 this one from the target. */ 12462 12463 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */ 12464 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)) 12465 { 12466 for (loc2p = locp; 12467 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count 12468 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); 12469 loc2p++) 12470 { 12471 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p; 12472 12473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc)) 12474 { 12475 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to 12476 access watchpoints, if the former are not 12477 supported, but the latter are. */ 12478 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) 12479 { 12480 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner)); 12481 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type; 12482 } 12483 12484 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check 12485 if it should be inserted in case it will be 12486 unduplicated. */ 12487 if (loc2 != old_loc 12488 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2)) 12489 { 12490 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2); 12491 keep_in_target = 1; 12492 break; 12493 } 12494 } 12495 } 12496 } 12497 } 12498 12499 if (!keep_in_target) 12500 { 12501 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted)) 12502 { 12503 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep 12504 this location on the global list, and try to 12505 remove it next time, but there's no particular 12506 reason why we will succeed next time. 12507 12508 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still 12509 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint 12510 only after calling us. */ 12511 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing " 12512 "breakpoint %d\n"), 12513 old_loc->owner->number); 12514 } 12515 removed = 1; 12516 } 12517 } 12518 12519 if (!found_object) 12520 { 12521 if (removed && non_stop 12522 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner) 12523 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) 12524 { 12525 /* This location was removed from the target. In 12526 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where 12527 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that 12528 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later. 12529 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such 12530 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this 12531 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it 12532 after we see some number of events. The theory here 12533 is that reporting of events should, "on the average", 12534 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all 12535 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer 12536 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We 12537 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of 12538 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint 12539 SIGTRAP. 12540 12541 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on 12542 decr_pc_after_break targets. 12543 12544 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux, 12545 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP, 12546 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too 12547 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report 12548 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes 12549 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash 12550 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently 12551 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the 12552 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a 12553 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen 12554 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on 12555 targets that do not support new thread events, like 12556 remote, due to the heuristic depending on 12557 thread_count. 12558 12559 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap 12560 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when 12561 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs 12562 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble. 12563 12564 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always 12565 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to 12566 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations 12567 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint 12568 traps we can no longer explain. */ 12569 12570 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1); 12571 old_loc->owner = NULL; 12572 12573 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc); 12574 } 12575 else 12576 { 12577 old_loc->owner = NULL; 12578 decref_bp_location (&old_loc); 12579 } 12580 } 12581 } 12582 12583 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the 12584 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so 12585 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a 12586 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the 12587 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints 12588 are sorted first for the same address. 12589 12590 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the 12591 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */ 12592 12593 bp_loc_first = NULL; 12594 wp_loc_first = NULL; 12595 awp_loc_first = NULL; 12596 rwp_loc_first = NULL; 12597 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp) 12598 { 12599 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always 12600 non-NULL. */ 12601 struct bp_location **loc_first_p; 12602 b = loc->owner; 12603 12604 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc) 12605 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b) 12606 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are 12607 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of 12608 `struct bp_location'. */ 12609 || is_tracepoint (b)) 12610 { 12611 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */ 12612 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged; 12613 continue; 12614 } 12615 12616 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */ 12617 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted) 12618 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 12619 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not " 12620 "actually inserted")); 12621 12622 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 12623 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first; 12624 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) 12625 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first; 12626 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 12627 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first; 12628 else 12629 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first; 12630 12631 if (*loc_first_p == NULL 12632 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section) 12633 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p)) 12634 { 12635 *loc_first_p = loc; 12636 loc->duplicate = 0; 12637 12638 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed) 12639 { 12640 loc->needs_update = 1; 12641 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */ 12642 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged; 12643 } 12644 continue; 12645 } 12646 12647 12648 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location 12649 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one. 12650 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */ 12651 if (loc->inserted) 12652 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p); 12653 loc->duplicate = 1; 12654 12655 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */ 12656 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged; 12657 12658 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted 12659 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 12660 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 12661 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of " 12662 "a permanent breakpoint")); 12663 } 12664 12665 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () 12666 && (have_live_inferiors () 12667 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())))) 12668 { 12669 if (should_insert) 12670 insert_breakpoint_locations (); 12671 else 12672 { 12673 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions 12674 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We 12675 only update conditions for locations that are marked 12676 "needs_update". */ 12677 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (); 12678 } 12679 } 12680 12681 if (should_insert) 12682 download_tracepoint_locations (); 12683 12684 do_cleanups (cleanups); 12685 } 12686 12687 void 12688 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void) 12689 { 12690 struct bp_location *loc; 12691 int ix; 12692 12693 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 12694 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0) 12695 { 12696 decref_bp_location (&loc); 12697 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix); 12698 --ix; 12699 } 12700 } 12701 12702 static void 12703 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting) 12704 { 12705 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 12706 12707 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 12708 update_global_location_list (inserting); 12709 } 12710 12711 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */ 12712 12713 static void 12714 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt) 12715 { 12716 bpstat bs; 12717 12718 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next) 12719 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt) 12720 { 12721 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL; 12722 bs->old_val = NULL; 12723 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */ 12724 } 12725 } 12726 12727 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */ 12728 static int 12729 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data) 12730 { 12731 struct breakpoint *bpt = data; 12732 12733 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt); 12734 return 0; 12735 } 12736 12737 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention 12738 callbacks. */ 12739 12740 static void 12741 say_where (struct breakpoint *b) 12742 { 12743 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 12744 struct value_print_options opts; 12745 12746 get_user_print_options (&opts); 12747 12748 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a 12749 single string. */ 12750 if (b->loc == NULL) 12751 { 12752 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string); 12753 } 12754 else 12755 { 12756 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL) 12757 { 12758 printf_filtered (" at "); 12759 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address), 12760 gdb_stdout); 12761 } 12762 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL) 12763 { 12764 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location 12765 more nicely. */ 12766 if (b->loc->next == NULL) 12767 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.", 12768 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab), 12769 b->loc->line_number); 12770 else 12771 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a 12772 different file name, and this at least reflects the 12773 real situation somewhat. */ 12774 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string); 12775 } 12776 12777 if (b->loc->next) 12778 { 12779 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; 12780 int n = 0; 12781 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 12782 ++n; 12783 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n); 12784 } 12785 } 12786 } 12787 12788 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */ 12789 12790 static void 12791 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self) 12792 { 12793 xfree (self->cond); 12794 if (self->cond_bytecode) 12795 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode); 12796 xfree (self->function_name); 12797 } 12798 12799 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops = 12800 { 12801 bp_location_dtor 12802 }; 12803 12804 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately 12805 inherit from. */ 12806 12807 static void 12808 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self) 12809 { 12810 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands); 12811 xfree (self->cond_string); 12812 xfree (self->addr_string); 12813 xfree (self->filter); 12814 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end); 12815 } 12816 12817 static struct bp_location * 12818 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self) 12819 { 12820 struct bp_location *loc; 12821 12822 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location); 12823 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self); 12824 return loc; 12825 } 12826 12827 static void 12828 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 12829 { 12830 /* Nothing to re-set. */ 12831 } 12832 12833 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \ 12834 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called") 12835 12836 static int 12837 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl) 12838 { 12839 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12840 } 12841 12842 static int 12843 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl) 12844 { 12845 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12846 } 12847 12848 static int 12849 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl, 12850 struct address_space *aspace, 12851 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 12852 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 12853 { 12854 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12855 } 12856 12857 static void 12858 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs) 12859 { 12860 /* Always stop. */ 12861 } 12862 12863 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal 12864 errors. */ 12865 12866 static int 12867 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b) 12868 { 12869 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12870 } 12871 12872 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal 12873 errors. */ 12874 12875 static int 12876 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl) 12877 { 12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12879 } 12880 12881 static enum print_stop_action 12882 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs) 12883 { 12884 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12885 } 12886 12887 static void 12888 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self, 12889 struct ui_out *uiout) 12890 { 12891 /* nothing */ 12892 } 12893 12894 static void 12895 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b) 12896 { 12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12898 } 12899 12900 static void 12901 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 12902 { 12903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12904 } 12905 12906 static void 12907 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 12908 struct linespec_result *canonical, 12909 enum bptype type_wanted, 12910 char *addr_start, 12911 char **copy_arg) 12912 { 12913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12914 } 12915 12916 static void 12917 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 12918 struct linespec_result *c, 12919 struct linespec_sals *lsal, 12920 char *cond_string, 12921 char *extra_string, 12922 enum bptype type_wanted, 12923 enum bpdisp disposition, 12924 int thread, 12925 int task, int ignore_count, 12926 const struct breakpoint_ops *o, 12927 int from_tty, int enabled, 12928 int internal, unsigned flags) 12929 { 12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12931 } 12932 12933 static void 12934 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 12935 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 12936 { 12937 internal_error_pure_virtual_called (); 12938 } 12939 12940 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */ 12941 12942 static enum bpstat_signal_value 12943 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig) 12944 { 12945 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE; 12946 } 12947 12948 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */ 12949 12950 static void 12951 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs) 12952 { 12953 /* Nothing to do. */ 12954 } 12955 12956 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops = 12957 { 12958 base_breakpoint_dtor, 12959 base_breakpoint_allocate_location, 12960 base_breakpoint_re_set, 12961 base_breakpoint_insert_location, 12962 base_breakpoint_remove_location, 12963 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit, 12964 base_breakpoint_check_status, 12965 base_breakpoint_resources_needed, 12966 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode, 12967 base_breakpoint_print_it, 12968 NULL, 12969 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail, 12970 base_breakpoint_print_mention, 12971 base_breakpoint_print_recreate, 12972 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address, 12973 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal, 12974 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec, 12975 base_breakpoint_explains_signal, 12976 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true, 12977 }; 12978 12979 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */ 12980 12981 static void 12982 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 12983 { 12984 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */ 12985 if (b->addr_string == NULL) 12986 { 12987 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */ 12988 delete_breakpoint (b); 12989 return; 12990 } 12991 12992 breakpoint_re_set_default (b); 12993 } 12994 12995 static int 12996 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl) 12997 { 12998 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 12999 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, 13000 &bl->target_info); 13001 else 13002 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, 13003 &bl->target_info); 13004 } 13005 13006 static int 13007 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl) 13008 { 13009 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 13010 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info); 13011 else 13012 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info); 13013 } 13014 13015 static int 13016 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl, 13017 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 13018 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 13019 { 13020 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner; 13021 13022 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED 13023 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP) 13024 return 0; 13025 13026 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, 13027 aspace, bp_addr)) 13028 return 0; 13029 13030 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */ 13031 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 13032 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 13033 return 0; 13034 13035 return 1; 13036 } 13037 13038 static int 13039 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl) 13040 { 13041 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint); 13042 13043 return 1; 13044 } 13045 13046 static enum print_stop_action 13047 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs) 13048 { 13049 struct breakpoint *b; 13050 const struct bp_location *bl; 13051 int bp_temp; 13052 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 13053 13054 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL); 13055 13056 bl = bs->bp_location_at; 13057 b = bs->breakpoint_at; 13058 13059 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 13060 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address) 13061 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address, 13062 bl->address, 13063 b->number, 1); 13064 annotate_breakpoint (b->number); 13065 if (bp_temp) 13066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint "); 13067 else 13068 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint "); 13069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 13070 { 13071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 13072 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); 13073 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 13074 } 13075 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 13076 ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); 13077 13078 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 13079 } 13080 13081 static void 13082 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b) 13083 { 13084 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout)) 13085 return; 13086 13087 switch (b->type) 13088 { 13089 case bp_breakpoint: 13090 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver: 13091 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 13092 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint")); 13093 else 13094 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint")); 13095 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 13096 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver) 13097 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver")); 13098 break; 13099 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 13100 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number); 13101 break; 13102 case bp_dprintf: 13103 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number); 13104 break; 13105 } 13106 13107 say_where (b); 13108 } 13109 13110 static void 13111 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp) 13112 { 13113 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del) 13114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak"); 13115 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint) 13116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break"); 13117 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 13118 && tp->disposition == disp_del) 13119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak"); 13120 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 13121 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak"); 13122 else 13123 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 13124 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type); 13125 13126 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string); 13127 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp); 13128 } 13129 13130 static void 13131 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 13132 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13133 enum bptype type_wanted, 13134 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 13135 { 13136 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted, 13137 addr_start, copy_arg); 13138 } 13139 13140 static void 13141 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 13142 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13143 struct linespec_sals *lsal, 13144 char *cond_string, 13145 char *extra_string, 13146 enum bptype type_wanted, 13147 enum bpdisp disposition, 13148 int thread, 13149 int task, int ignore_count, 13150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 13151 int from_tty, int enabled, 13152 int internal, unsigned flags) 13153 { 13154 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal, 13155 cond_string, extra_string, 13156 type_wanted, 13157 disposition, thread, task, 13158 ignore_count, ops, from_tty, 13159 enabled, internal, flags); 13160 } 13161 13162 static void 13163 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 13164 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 13165 { 13166 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals); 13167 } 13168 13169 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */ 13170 13171 static void 13172 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 13173 { 13174 switch (b->type) 13175 { 13176 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they 13177 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */ 13178 case bp_overlay_event: 13179 case bp_longjmp_master: 13180 case bp_std_terminate_master: 13181 case bp_exception_master: 13182 delete_breakpoint (b); 13183 break; 13184 13185 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior 13186 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */ 13187 case bp_shlib_event: 13188 13189 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once 13190 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */ 13191 case bp_thread_event: 13192 break; 13193 } 13194 } 13195 13196 static void 13197 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs) 13198 { 13199 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event) 13200 { 13201 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of 13202 events. This allows the user to get control and place 13203 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded 13204 objects (among other things). */ 13205 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events; 13206 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events; 13207 } 13208 else 13209 bs->stop = 0; 13210 } 13211 13212 static enum print_stop_action 13213 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs) 13214 { 13215 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 13216 struct breakpoint *b; 13217 13218 b = bs->breakpoint_at; 13219 13220 switch (b->type) 13221 { 13222 case bp_shlib_event: 13223 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events 13224 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due 13225 to shlib event" message.) */ 13226 print_solib_event (0); 13227 break; 13228 13229 case bp_thread_event: 13230 /* Not sure how we will get here. 13231 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */ 13232 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 13233 break; 13234 13235 case bp_overlay_event: 13236 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */ 13237 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 13238 break; 13239 13240 case bp_longjmp_master: 13241 /* These should never be enabled. */ 13242 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 13243 break; 13244 13245 case bp_std_terminate_master: 13246 /* These should never be enabled. */ 13247 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: " 13248 "gdb should not stop!\n")); 13249 break; 13250 13251 case bp_exception_master: 13252 /* These should never be enabled. */ 13253 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: " 13254 "gdb should not stop!\n")); 13255 break; 13256 } 13257 13258 return PRINT_NOTHING; 13259 } 13260 13261 static void 13262 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b) 13263 { 13264 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */ 13265 } 13266 13267 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */ 13268 13269 static void 13270 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 13271 { 13272 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step 13273 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints. 13274 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain 13275 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */ 13276 } 13277 13278 static void 13279 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs) 13280 { 13281 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */ 13282 } 13283 13284 static enum print_stop_action 13285 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs) 13286 { 13287 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 13288 13289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 13290 { 13291 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; 13292 13293 switch (b->type) 13294 { 13295 case bp_finish: 13296 ui_out_field_string 13297 (uiout, "reason", 13298 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED)); 13299 break; 13300 13301 case bp_until: 13302 ui_out_field_string 13303 (uiout, "reason", 13304 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED)); 13305 break; 13306 } 13307 } 13308 13309 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 13310 } 13311 13312 static void 13313 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b) 13314 { 13315 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */ 13316 } 13317 13318 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists. 13319 13320 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed 13321 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */ 13322 13323 static void 13324 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self) 13325 { 13326 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread); 13327 13328 if (tp) 13329 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id; 13330 13331 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self); 13332 } 13333 13334 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */ 13335 13336 static int 13337 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl) 13338 { 13339 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl); 13340 13341 if (v == 0) 13342 { 13343 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore 13344 if needed. */ 13345 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch); 13346 } 13347 13348 return v; 13349 } 13350 13351 static int 13352 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl) 13353 { 13354 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */ 13355 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch); 13356 13357 return bkpt_remove_location (bl); 13358 } 13359 13360 static void 13361 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 13362 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13363 enum bptype type_wanted, 13364 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 13365 { 13366 struct linespec_sals lsal; 13367 13368 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical); 13369 13370 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string); 13371 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg); 13372 13373 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal); 13374 } 13375 13376 static void 13377 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 13378 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 13379 { 13380 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL); 13381 if (!sals->sals) 13382 error (_("probe not found")); 13383 } 13384 13385 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */ 13386 13387 static void 13388 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 13389 { 13390 breakpoint_re_set_default (b); 13391 } 13392 13393 static int 13394 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl, 13395 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr, 13396 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 13397 { 13398 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at 13399 tracepoints. */ 13400 return 0; 13401 } 13402 13403 static void 13404 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self, 13405 struct ui_out *uiout) 13406 { 13407 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self; 13408 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id) 13409 { 13410 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint); 13411 13412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is "); 13413 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id", 13414 tp->static_trace_marker_id); 13415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 13416 } 13417 } 13418 13419 static void 13420 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b) 13421 { 13422 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout)) 13423 return; 13424 13425 switch (b->type) 13426 { 13427 case bp_tracepoint: 13428 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint")); 13429 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 13430 break; 13431 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 13432 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint")); 13433 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 13434 break; 13435 case bp_static_tracepoint: 13436 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint")); 13437 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 13438 break; 13439 default: 13440 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 13441 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type); 13442 } 13443 13444 say_where (b); 13445 } 13446 13447 static void 13448 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp) 13449 { 13450 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self; 13451 13452 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) 13453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace"); 13454 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 13455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace"); 13456 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint) 13457 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace"); 13458 else 13459 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 13460 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type); 13461 13462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string); 13463 print_recreate_thread (self, fp); 13464 13465 if (tp->pass_count) 13466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count); 13467 } 13468 13469 static void 13470 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 13471 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13472 enum bptype type_wanted, 13473 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 13474 { 13475 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted, 13476 addr_start, copy_arg); 13477 } 13478 13479 static void 13480 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 13481 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13482 struct linespec_sals *lsal, 13483 char *cond_string, 13484 char *extra_string, 13485 enum bptype type_wanted, 13486 enum bpdisp disposition, 13487 int thread, 13488 int task, int ignore_count, 13489 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 13490 int from_tty, int enabled, 13491 int internal, unsigned flags) 13492 { 13493 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal, 13494 cond_string, extra_string, 13495 type_wanted, 13496 disposition, thread, task, 13497 ignore_count, ops, from_tty, 13498 enabled, internal, flags); 13499 } 13500 13501 static void 13502 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 13503 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 13504 { 13505 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals); 13506 } 13507 13508 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 13509 13510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a 13511 static probe. */ 13512 13513 static void 13514 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 13515 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13516 enum bptype type_wanted, 13517 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 13518 { 13519 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */ 13520 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted, 13521 addr_start, copy_arg); 13522 } 13523 13524 static void 13525 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 13526 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 13527 { 13528 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */ 13529 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals); 13530 } 13531 13532 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops; 13533 13534 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */ 13535 13536 static void 13537 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b) 13538 { 13539 breakpoint_re_set_default (b); 13540 13541 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and 13542 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the 13543 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because 13544 we can't extract the extra string until the location is 13545 resolved. */ 13546 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL) 13547 error (_("Format string required")); 13548 13549 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands. 13550 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine. 13551 3 - disconnect from target 1 13552 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands. 13553 13554 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to 13555 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different 13556 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands(). 13557 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do 13558 it all the time. */ 13559 if (b->extra_string != NULL) 13560 update_dprintf_command_list (b); 13561 } 13562 13563 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */ 13564 13565 static void 13566 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp) 13567 { 13568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string, 13569 tp->extra_string); 13570 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp); 13571 } 13572 13573 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for 13574 dprintf. 13575 13576 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command 13577 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the 13578 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This 13579 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same 13580 address are all handled. */ 13581 13582 static void 13583 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs) 13584 { 13585 struct cleanup *old_chain; 13586 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL }; 13587 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs; 13588 13589 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the 13590 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's 13591 condition not be evaluated. */ 13592 bs->stop = 0; 13593 13594 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of 13595 copying. We never want these commands to run later in 13596 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to 13597 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the 13598 commands here throws. */ 13599 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands; 13600 bs->commands = NULL; 13601 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands); 13602 13603 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p); 13604 13605 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but 13606 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole 13607 list. */ 13608 do_cleanups (old_chain); 13609 } 13610 13611 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with 13612 markers (`-m'). */ 13613 13614 static void 13615 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg, 13616 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13617 enum bptype type_wanted, 13618 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 13619 { 13620 struct linespec_sals lsal; 13621 13622 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg); 13623 13624 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start); 13625 13626 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg); 13627 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg); 13628 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal); 13629 } 13630 13631 static void 13632 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 13633 struct linespec_result *canonical, 13634 struct linespec_sals *lsal, 13635 char *cond_string, 13636 char *extra_string, 13637 enum bptype type_wanted, 13638 enum bpdisp disposition, 13639 int thread, 13640 int task, int ignore_count, 13641 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 13642 int from_tty, int enabled, 13643 int internal, unsigned flags) 13644 { 13645 int i; 13646 13647 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id 13648 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that 13649 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly 13650 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to 13651 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS 13652 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */ 13653 13654 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i) 13655 { 13656 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded; 13657 struct tracepoint *tp; 13658 struct cleanup *old_chain; 13659 char *addr_string; 13660 13661 expanded.nelts = 1; 13662 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i]; 13663 13664 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string); 13665 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string); 13666 13667 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint); 13668 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded, 13669 addr_string, NULL, 13670 cond_string, extra_string, 13671 type_wanted, disposition, 13672 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, 13673 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags, 13674 canonical->special_display); 13675 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with 13676 the same string id, if the user is creating a static 13677 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then 13678 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can 13679 try to match up which of the newly found markers 13680 corresponds to this one */ 13681 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i; 13682 13683 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0); 13684 13685 discard_cleanups (old_chain); 13686 } 13687 } 13688 13689 static void 13690 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 13691 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 13692 { 13693 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b; 13694 13695 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s); 13696 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx) 13697 { 13698 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx]; 13699 sals->nelts = 1; 13700 } 13701 else 13702 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id); 13703 } 13704 13705 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops; 13706 13707 static int 13708 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b) 13709 { 13710 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops; 13711 } 13712 13713 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data 13714 structures. */ 13715 13716 void 13717 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 13718 { 13719 struct breakpoint *b; 13720 13721 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL); 13722 13723 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because 13724 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are 13725 especial culprits. 13726 13727 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When 13728 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of 13729 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the 13730 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. 13731 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are 13732 deleted. 13733 13734 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in 13735 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing 13736 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's 13737 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid 13738 was chosen. */ 13739 if (bpt->type == bp_none) 13740 return; 13741 13742 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting 13743 of breakpoints gets resolved. */ 13744 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt) 13745 { 13746 struct breakpoint *related; 13747 struct watchpoint *w; 13748 13749 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) 13750 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint; 13751 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) 13752 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt; 13753 else 13754 w = NULL; 13755 if (w != NULL) 13756 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w); 13757 13758 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */ 13759 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt; 13760 related = related->related_breakpoint); 13761 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint; 13762 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt; 13763 } 13764 13765 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if 13766 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's 13767 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created 13768 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */ 13769 if (bpt->number) 13770 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt); 13771 13772 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt) 13773 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next; 13774 13775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 13776 if (b->next == bpt) 13777 { 13778 b->next = bpt->next; 13779 break; 13780 } 13781 13782 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's 13783 been freed. */ 13784 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat 13785 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats 13786 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint 13787 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here, 13788 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in 13789 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with 13790 commands won't work. */ 13791 13792 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt); 13793 13794 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the 13795 global location list. This will remove locations that used to 13796 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint 13797 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It 13798 might be better design to have location completely 13799 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */ 13800 update_global_location_list (0); 13801 13802 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt); 13803 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this 13804 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */ 13805 bpt->type = bp_none; 13806 xfree (bpt); 13807 } 13808 13809 static void 13810 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b) 13811 { 13812 delete_breakpoint (b); 13813 } 13814 13815 struct cleanup * 13816 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 13817 { 13818 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b); 13819 } 13820 13821 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once 13822 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */ 13823 13824 static void 13825 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b, 13826 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *, 13827 void *), 13828 void *data) 13829 { 13830 struct breakpoint *related; 13831 13832 related = b; 13833 do 13834 { 13835 struct breakpoint *next; 13836 13837 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */ 13838 next = related->related_breakpoint; 13839 13840 if (next == related) 13841 { 13842 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */ 13843 function (related, data); 13844 13845 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to 13846 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break 13847 out. */ 13848 break; 13849 } 13850 else 13851 function (related, data); 13852 13853 related = next; 13854 } 13855 while (related != b); 13856 } 13857 13858 static void 13859 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 13860 { 13861 delete_breakpoint (b); 13862 } 13863 13864 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 13865 delete_breakpoint. */ 13866 13867 static void 13868 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 13869 { 13870 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 13871 } 13872 13873 void 13874 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 13875 { 13876 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 13877 13878 dont_repeat (); 13879 13880 if (arg == 0) 13881 { 13882 int breaks_to_delete = 0; 13883 13884 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete 13885 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an 13886 explicit breakpoint number argument. */ 13887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 13888 if (user_breakpoint_p (b)) 13889 { 13890 breaks_to_delete = 1; 13891 break; 13892 } 13893 13894 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ 13895 if (!from_tty 13896 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? ")))) 13897 { 13898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 13899 if (user_breakpoint_p (b)) 13900 delete_breakpoint (b); 13901 } 13902 } 13903 else 13904 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 13905 } 13906 13907 static int 13908 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc) 13909 { 13910 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 13911 if (!loc->shlib_disabled 13912 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup) 13913 return 0; 13914 return 1; 13915 } 13916 13917 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it. 13918 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name. 13919 Null names are ignored. */ 13920 13921 static int 13922 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc) 13923 { 13924 struct bp_location *l; 13925 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, 13926 (int (*) (const void *, 13927 const void *)) streq, 13928 NULL, xcalloc, xfree); 13929 13930 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next) 13931 { 13932 const char **slot; 13933 const char *name = l->function_name; 13934 13935 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */ 13936 if (name == NULL) 13937 continue; 13938 13939 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name, 13940 INSERT); 13941 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never 13942 returns NULL. */ 13943 if (*slot != NULL) 13944 { 13945 htab_delete (htab); 13946 return 1; 13947 } 13948 *slot = name; 13949 } 13950 13951 htab_delete (htab); 13952 return 0; 13953 } 13954 13955 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well, 13956 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at 13957 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we 13958 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is 13959 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static 13960 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints 13961 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have 13962 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set. 13963 The heuristic is: 13964 13965 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at 13966 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker. 13967 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the 13968 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker 13969 in the sources, and output a warning. 13970 13971 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker 13972 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there, 13973 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the 13974 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that 13975 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a 13976 warning. 13977 13978 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it 13979 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean 13980 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code 13981 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask 13982 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew 13983 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching 13984 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one 13985 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised 13986 precisely because it confuses tools). */ 13987 13988 static struct symtab_and_line 13989 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal) 13990 { 13991 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b; 13992 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; 13993 CORE_ADDR pc; 13994 13995 pc = sal.pc; 13996 if (sal.line) 13997 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc); 13998 13999 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker)) 14000 { 14001 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0) 14002 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"), 14003 b->number, 14004 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id); 14005 14006 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id); 14007 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); 14008 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); 14009 14010 return sal; 14011 } 14012 14013 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up 14014 by string ID. */ 14015 if (!sal.explicit_pc 14016 && sal.line != 0 14017 && sal.symtab != NULL 14018 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL) 14019 { 14020 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers; 14021 14022 markers 14023 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id); 14024 14025 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) 14026 { 14027 struct symtab_and_line sal2; 14028 struct symbol *sym; 14029 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker; 14030 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 14031 14032 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0); 14033 14034 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id); 14035 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id); 14036 14037 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not " 14038 "found at previous line number"), 14039 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id); 14040 14041 init_sal (&sal2); 14042 14043 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address; 14044 14045 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0); 14046 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL); 14047 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in "); 14048 if (sym) 14049 { 14050 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", 14051 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); 14052 ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); 14053 } 14054 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", 14055 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab)); 14056 ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); 14057 14058 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 14059 { 14060 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab); 14061 14062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname); 14063 } 14064 14065 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line); 14066 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 14067 14068 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line; 14069 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL; 14070 14071 xfree (b->addr_string); 14072 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d", 14073 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab), 14074 b->loc->line_number); 14075 14076 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if 14077 so. */ 14078 14079 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker); 14080 } 14081 } 14082 return sal; 14083 } 14084 14085 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that 14086 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */ 14087 14088 static int 14089 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b) 14090 { 14091 while (a && b) 14092 { 14093 if (a->address != b->address) 14094 return 0; 14095 14096 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled) 14097 return 0; 14098 14099 if (a->enabled != b->enabled) 14100 return 0; 14101 14102 a = a->next; 14103 b = b->next; 14104 } 14105 14106 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL)) 14107 return 0; 14108 14109 return 1; 14110 } 14111 14112 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint) 14113 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is 14114 a ranged breakpoint. */ 14115 14116 void 14117 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b, 14118 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, 14119 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end) 14120 { 14121 int i; 14122 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc; 14123 14124 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1)) 14125 { 14126 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end 14127 location. */ 14128 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 14129 update_global_location_list (1); 14130 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: " 14131 "multiple locations found\n"), 14132 b->number); 14133 return; 14134 } 14135 14136 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are 14137 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where 14138 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded. 14139 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is 14140 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the 14141 individual locations. */ 14142 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0) 14143 return; 14144 14145 b->loc = NULL; 14146 14147 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 14148 { 14149 struct bp_location *new_loc; 14150 14151 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace); 14152 14153 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i])); 14154 14155 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the 14156 old symtab. */ 14157 if (b->cond_string != NULL) 14158 { 14159 const char *s; 14160 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 14161 14162 s = b->cond_string; 14163 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 14164 { 14165 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc, 14166 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc), 14167 0); 14168 } 14169 if (e.reason < 0) 14170 { 14171 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition " 14172 "for breakpoint %d: %s"), 14173 b->number, e.message); 14174 new_loc->enabled = 0; 14175 } 14176 } 14177 14178 if (sals_end.nelts) 14179 { 14180 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]); 14181 14182 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1; 14183 } 14184 } 14185 14186 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */ 14187 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent) 14188 make_breakpoint_permanent (b); 14189 14190 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing 14191 breakpoints. */ 14192 { 14193 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations; 14194 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name, 14195 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work. 14196 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things 14197 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer 14198 often enough until a better solution is found. */ 14199 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc); 14200 14201 for (; e; e = e->next) 14202 { 14203 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name) 14204 { 14205 struct bp_location *l = b->loc; 14206 if (have_ambiguous_names) 14207 { 14208 for (; l; l = l->next) 14209 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l)) 14210 { 14211 l->enabled = 0; 14212 break; 14213 } 14214 } 14215 else 14216 { 14217 for (; l; l = l->next) 14218 if (l->function_name 14219 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0) 14220 { 14221 l->enabled = 0; 14222 break; 14223 } 14224 } 14225 } 14226 } 14227 } 14228 14229 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc)) 14230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 14231 14232 update_global_location_list (1); 14233 } 14234 14235 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING. 14236 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */ 14237 14238 static struct symtabs_and_lines 14239 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found) 14240 { 14241 char *s; 14242 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0}; 14243 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 14244 14245 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL); 14246 s = addr_string; 14247 14248 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 14249 { 14250 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals); 14251 } 14252 if (e.reason < 0) 14253 { 14254 int not_found_and_ok = 0; 14255 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will 14256 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has 14257 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need 14258 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled 14259 state, then user already saw the message about that 14260 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more 14261 errors. */ 14262 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR 14263 && (b->condition_not_parsed 14264 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled) 14265 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup) 14266 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled)) 14267 not_found_and_ok = 1; 14268 14269 if (!not_found_and_ok) 14270 { 14271 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint 14272 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable 14273 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to 14274 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this 14275 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know 14276 which approach is better. */ 14277 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 14278 throw_exception (e); 14279 } 14280 } 14281 14282 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR) 14283 { 14284 int i; 14285 14286 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 14287 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]); 14288 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0]) 14289 { 14290 char *cond_string, *extra_string; 14291 int thread, task; 14292 14293 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc, 14294 &cond_string, &thread, &task, 14295 &extra_string); 14296 if (cond_string) 14297 b->cond_string = cond_string; 14298 b->thread = thread; 14299 b->task = task; 14300 if (extra_string) 14301 b->extra_string = extra_string; 14302 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 14303 } 14304 14305 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b)) 14306 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]); 14307 14308 *found = 1; 14309 } 14310 else 14311 *found = 0; 14312 14313 return sals; 14314 } 14315 14316 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software 14317 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its 14318 locations. */ 14319 14320 static void 14321 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b) 14322 { 14323 int found; 14324 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end; 14325 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0}; 14326 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0}; 14327 14328 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found); 14329 if (found) 14330 { 14331 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 14332 expanded = sals; 14333 } 14334 14335 if (b->addr_string_range_end) 14336 { 14337 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found); 14338 if (found) 14339 { 14340 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals); 14341 expanded_end = sals_end; 14342 } 14343 } 14344 14345 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end); 14346 } 14347 14348 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically 14349 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */ 14350 14351 static void 14352 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg, 14353 struct linespec_result *canonical, 14354 enum bptype type_wanted, 14355 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg) 14356 { 14357 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical); 14358 } 14359 14360 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default 14361 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of 14362 breakpoint_ops. */ 14363 14364 static void 14365 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 14366 struct linespec_result *canonical, 14367 struct linespec_sals *lsal, 14368 char *cond_string, 14369 char *extra_string, 14370 enum bptype type_wanted, 14371 enum bpdisp disposition, 14372 int thread, 14373 int task, int ignore_count, 14374 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 14375 int from_tty, int enabled, 14376 int internal, unsigned flags) 14377 { 14378 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string, 14379 extra_string, 14380 type_wanted, disposition, 14381 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, 14382 enabled, internal, flags); 14383 } 14384 14385 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the 14386 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */ 14387 14388 static void 14389 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s, 14390 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 14391 { 14392 struct linespec_result canonical; 14393 14394 init_linespec_result (&canonical); 14395 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, 14396 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, 14397 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all, 14398 b->filter); 14399 14400 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */ 14401 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2); 14402 14403 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0) 14404 { 14405 struct linespec_sals *lsal; 14406 14407 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0); 14408 *sals = lsal->sals; 14409 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the 14410 contents. */ 14411 lsal->sals.sals = NULL; 14412 } 14413 14414 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical); 14415 } 14416 14417 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */ 14418 14419 static struct cleanup * 14420 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b) 14421 { 14422 struct cleanup *cleanups; 14423 14424 input_radix = b->input_radix; 14425 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread (); 14426 if (b->pspace != NULL) 14427 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); 14428 set_language (b->language); 14429 14430 return cleanups; 14431 } 14432 14433 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT. 14434 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors. 14435 Unused in this case. */ 14436 14437 static int 14438 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint) 14439 { 14440 /* Get past catch_errs. */ 14441 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint; 14442 struct cleanup *cleanups; 14443 14444 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b); 14445 b->ops->re_set (b); 14446 do_cleanups (cleanups); 14447 return 0; 14448 } 14449 14450 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */ 14451 void 14452 breakpoint_re_set (void) 14453 { 14454 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 14455 enum language save_language; 14456 int save_input_radix; 14457 struct cleanup *old_chain; 14458 14459 save_language = current_language->la_language; 14460 save_input_radix = input_radix; 14461 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 14462 14463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 14464 { 14465 /* Format possible error msg. */ 14466 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ", 14467 b->number); 14468 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); 14469 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL); 14470 do_cleanups (cleanups); 14471 } 14472 set_language (save_language); 14473 input_radix = save_input_radix; 14474 14475 jit_breakpoint_re_set (); 14476 14477 do_cleanups (old_chain); 14478 14479 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (); 14480 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (); 14481 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (); 14482 create_exception_master_breakpoint (); 14483 } 14484 14485 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint: 14486 14487 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is. 14488 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */ 14489 void 14490 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b) 14491 { 14492 if (b->thread != -1) 14493 { 14494 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) 14495 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); 14496 14497 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is 14498 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a 14499 different program space from the original thread. Reset that 14500 as well. */ 14501 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space; 14502 } 14503 } 14504 14505 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. 14506 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, 14507 which ends with a period (no newline). */ 14508 14509 void 14510 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty) 14511 { 14512 struct breakpoint *b; 14513 14514 if (count < 0) 14515 count = 0; 14516 14517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 14518 if (b->number == bptnum) 14519 { 14520 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 14521 { 14522 if (from_tty && count != 0) 14523 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."), 14524 bptnum); 14525 return; 14526 } 14527 14528 b->ignore_count = count; 14529 if (from_tty) 14530 { 14531 if (count == 0) 14532 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time " 14533 "breakpoint %d is reached."), 14534 bptnum); 14535 else if (count == 1) 14536 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."), 14537 bptnum); 14538 else 14539 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d " 14540 "crossings of breakpoint %d."), 14541 count, bptnum); 14542 } 14543 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b); 14544 return; 14545 } 14546 14547 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum); 14548 } 14549 14550 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */ 14551 14552 static void 14553 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14554 { 14555 char *p = args; 14556 int num; 14557 14558 if (p == 0) 14559 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number")); 14560 14561 num = get_number (&p); 14562 if (num == 0) 14563 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args); 14564 if (*p == 0) 14565 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing.")); 14566 14567 set_ignore_count (num, 14568 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))), 14569 from_tty); 14570 if (from_tty) 14571 printf_filtered ("\n"); 14572 } 14573 14574 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints 14575 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */ 14576 14577 static void 14578 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *, 14579 void *), 14580 void *data) 14581 { 14582 int num; 14583 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp; 14584 int match; 14585 struct get_number_or_range_state state; 14586 14587 if (args == 0) 14588 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers")); 14589 14590 init_number_or_range (&state, args); 14591 14592 while (!state.finished) 14593 { 14594 char *p = state.string; 14595 14596 match = 0; 14597 14598 num = get_number_or_range (&state); 14599 if (num == 0) 14600 { 14601 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p); 14602 } 14603 else 14604 { 14605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp) 14606 if (b->number == num) 14607 { 14608 match = 1; 14609 function (b, data); 14610 break; 14611 } 14612 if (match == 0) 14613 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num); 14614 } 14615 } 14616 } 14617 14618 static struct bp_location * 14619 find_location_by_number (char *number) 14620 { 14621 char *dot = strchr (number, '.'); 14622 char *p1; 14623 int bp_num; 14624 int loc_num; 14625 struct breakpoint *b; 14626 struct bp_location *loc; 14627 14628 *dot = '\0'; 14629 14630 p1 = number; 14631 bp_num = get_number (&p1); 14632 if (bp_num == 0) 14633 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); 14634 14635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 14636 if (b->number == bp_num) 14637 { 14638 break; 14639 } 14640 14641 if (!b || b->number != bp_num) 14642 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); 14643 14644 p1 = dot+1; 14645 loc_num = get_number (&p1); 14646 if (loc_num == 0) 14647 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number); 14648 14649 --loc_num; 14650 loc = b->loc; 14651 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next) 14652 ; 14653 if (!loc) 14654 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1); 14655 14656 return loc; 14657 } 14658 14659 14660 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. 14661 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, 14662 which ends with a period (no newline). */ 14663 14664 void 14665 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 14666 { 14667 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to 14668 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the 14669 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */ 14670 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) 14671 return; 14672 14673 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */ 14674 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent) 14675 return; 14676 14677 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled; 14678 14679 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */ 14680 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt); 14681 14682 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint () 14683 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt)) 14684 { 14685 struct bp_location *location; 14686 14687 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next) 14688 target_disable_tracepoint (location); 14689 } 14690 14691 update_global_location_list (0); 14692 14693 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt); 14694 } 14695 14696 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */ 14697 14698 static void 14699 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 14700 { 14701 disable_breakpoint (b); 14702 } 14703 14704 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 14705 disable_breakpoint. */ 14706 14707 static void 14708 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 14709 { 14710 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL); 14711 } 14712 14713 static void 14714 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14715 { 14716 if (args == 0) 14717 { 14718 struct breakpoint *bpt; 14719 14720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 14721 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt)) 14722 disable_breakpoint (bpt); 14723 } 14724 else if (strchr (args, '.')) 14725 { 14726 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); 14727 if (loc) 14728 { 14729 if (loc->enabled) 14730 { 14731 loc->enabled = 0; 14732 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc); 14733 } 14734 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint () 14735 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner 14736 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner)) 14737 target_disable_tracepoint (loc); 14738 } 14739 update_global_location_list (0); 14740 } 14741 else 14742 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL); 14743 } 14744 14745 static void 14746 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition, 14747 int count) 14748 { 14749 int target_resources_ok; 14750 14751 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 14752 { 14753 int i; 14754 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); 14755 target_resources_ok = 14756 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, 14757 i + 1, 0); 14758 if (target_resources_ok == 0) 14759 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); 14760 else if (target_resources_ok < 0) 14761 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); 14762 } 14763 14764 if (is_watchpoint (bpt)) 14765 { 14766 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */ 14767 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0; 14768 volatile struct gdb_exception e; 14769 14770 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 14771 { 14772 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt; 14773 14774 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state; 14775 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled; 14776 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */); 14777 } 14778 if (e.reason < 0) 14779 { 14780 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state; 14781 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "), 14782 bpt->number); 14783 return; 14784 } 14785 } 14786 14787 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent) 14788 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled; 14789 14790 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled; 14791 14792 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */ 14793 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt); 14794 14795 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint () 14796 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt)) 14797 { 14798 struct bp_location *location; 14799 14800 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next) 14801 target_enable_tracepoint (location); 14802 } 14803 14804 bpt->disposition = disposition; 14805 bpt->enable_count = count; 14806 update_global_location_list (1); 14807 14808 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt); 14809 } 14810 14811 14812 void 14813 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 14814 { 14815 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0); 14816 } 14817 14818 static void 14819 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg) 14820 { 14821 enable_breakpoint (bpt); 14822 } 14823 14824 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 14825 enable_breakpoint. */ 14826 14827 static void 14828 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 14829 { 14830 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL); 14831 } 14832 14833 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined 14834 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective 14835 in stopping the inferior. */ 14836 14837 static void 14838 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14839 { 14840 if (args == 0) 14841 { 14842 struct breakpoint *bpt; 14843 14844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 14845 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt)) 14846 enable_breakpoint (bpt); 14847 } 14848 else if (strchr (args, '.')) 14849 { 14850 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); 14851 if (loc) 14852 { 14853 if (!loc->enabled) 14854 { 14855 loc->enabled = 1; 14856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc); 14857 } 14858 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint () 14859 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner 14860 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner)) 14861 target_enable_tracepoint (loc); 14862 } 14863 update_global_location_list (1); 14864 } 14865 else 14866 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL); 14867 } 14868 14869 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple 14870 breakpoints. */ 14871 14872 struct disp_data 14873 { 14874 enum bpdisp disp; 14875 int count; 14876 }; 14877 14878 static void 14879 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg) 14880 { 14881 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg; 14882 14883 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count); 14884 } 14885 14886 static void 14887 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) 14888 { 14889 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 }; 14890 14891 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp); 14892 } 14893 14894 static void 14895 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14896 { 14897 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL); 14898 } 14899 14900 static void 14901 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr) 14902 { 14903 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr }; 14904 14905 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp); 14906 } 14907 14908 static void 14909 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14910 { 14911 int count = get_number (&args); 14912 14913 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count); 14914 } 14915 14916 static void 14917 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) 14918 { 14919 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 }; 14920 14921 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp); 14922 } 14923 14924 static void 14925 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty) 14926 { 14927 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 14928 } 14929 14930 static void 14931 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) 14932 { 14933 } 14934 14935 static void 14936 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) 14937 { 14938 } 14939 14940 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if 14941 the memory which that value represents has been written to by 14942 GDB itself. */ 14943 14944 static void 14945 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior, 14946 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len, 14947 const bfd_byte *data) 14948 { 14949 struct breakpoint *bp; 14950 14951 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) 14952 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled 14953 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 14954 { 14955 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp; 14956 14957 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val) 14958 { 14959 struct bp_location *loc; 14960 14961 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next) 14962 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint 14963 && loc->address + loc->length > addr 14964 && addr + len > loc->address) 14965 { 14966 value_free (wp->val); 14967 wp->val = NULL; 14968 wp->val_valid = 0; 14969 } 14970 } 14971 } 14972 } 14973 14974 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an 14975 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later. 14976 In general, places which call this should be using something on the 14977 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated 14978 someday. */ 14979 14980 void * 14981 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 14982 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 14983 { 14984 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt; 14985 14986 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info); 14987 14988 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace; 14989 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc; 14990 14991 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0) 14992 { 14993 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */ 14994 xfree (bp_tgt); 14995 return NULL; 14996 } 14997 14998 return bp_tgt; 14999 } 15000 15001 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by 15002 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */ 15003 15004 int 15005 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp) 15006 { 15007 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp; 15008 int ret; 15009 15010 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt); 15011 xfree (bp_tgt); 15012 15013 return ret; 15014 } 15015 15016 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single 15017 stepping. */ 15018 15019 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2]; 15020 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2]; 15021 15022 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */ 15023 15024 void 15025 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 15026 struct address_space *aspace, 15027 CORE_ADDR next_pc) 15028 { 15029 void **bpt_p; 15030 15031 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL) 15032 { 15033 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0]; 15034 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch; 15035 } 15036 else 15037 { 15038 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL); 15039 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1]; 15040 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch; 15041 } 15042 15043 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would 15044 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on 15045 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. 15046 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing 15047 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step 15048 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */ 15049 15050 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc); 15051 if (*bpt_p == NULL) 15052 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"), 15053 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc)); 15054 } 15055 15056 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping 15057 were inserted or not. */ 15058 15059 int 15060 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void) 15061 { 15062 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL 15063 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL); 15064 } 15065 15066 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */ 15067 15068 void 15069 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void) 15070 { 15071 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL); 15072 15073 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated 15074 call. */ 15075 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0], 15076 single_step_breakpoints[0]); 15077 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL; 15078 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL; 15079 15080 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL) 15081 { 15082 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1], 15083 single_step_breakpoints[1]); 15084 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL; 15085 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL; 15086 } 15087 } 15088 15089 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from 15090 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address 15091 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or 15092 exec. */ 15093 15094 void 15095 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void) 15096 { 15097 int i; 15098 15099 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 15100 if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) 15101 { 15102 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]); 15103 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL; 15104 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL; 15105 } 15106 } 15107 15108 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without 15109 removing them. */ 15110 15111 static void 15112 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void) 15113 { 15114 int i; 15115 15116 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 15117 if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) 15118 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i], 15119 single_step_breakpoints[i]); 15120 } 15121 15122 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at 15123 PC. */ 15124 15125 static int 15126 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, 15127 CORE_ADDR pc) 15128 { 15129 int i; 15130 15131 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 15132 { 15133 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i]; 15134 if (bp_tgt 15135 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space, 15136 bp_tgt->placed_address, 15137 aspace, pc)) 15138 return 1; 15139 } 15140 15141 return 0; 15142 } 15143 15144 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint, 15145 non-zero otherwise. */ 15146 static int 15147 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp) 15148 { 15149 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp) 15150 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled 15151 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled) 15152 return 1; 15153 else 15154 return 0; 15155 } 15156 15157 int 15158 catch_syscall_enabled (void) 15159 { 15160 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data 15161 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); 15162 15163 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0; 15164 } 15165 15166 int 15167 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number) 15168 { 15169 struct breakpoint *bp; 15170 15171 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) 15172 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp)) 15173 { 15174 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp; 15175 15176 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught) 15177 { 15178 int i, iter; 15179 for (i = 0; 15180 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 15181 i++) 15182 if (syscall_number == iter) 15183 return 1; 15184 } 15185 else 15186 return 1; 15187 } 15188 15189 return 0; 15190 } 15191 15192 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */ 15193 static VEC (char_ptr) * 15194 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, 15195 char *text, char *word) 15196 { 15197 const char **list = get_syscall_names (); 15198 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist 15199 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word); 15200 15201 xfree (list); 15202 return retlist; 15203 } 15204 15205 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */ 15206 15207 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */ 15208 static void 15209 set_tracepoint_count (int num) 15210 { 15211 tracepoint_count = num; 15212 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num); 15213 } 15214 15215 static void 15216 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 15217 { 15218 struct breakpoint_ops *ops; 15219 const char *arg_cp = arg; 15220 15221 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp)) 15222 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops; 15223 else 15224 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 15225 15226 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 15227 arg, 15228 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */, 15229 0 /* tempflag */, 15230 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 15231 0 /* Ignore count */, 15232 pending_break_support, 15233 ops, 15234 from_tty, 15235 1 /* enabled */, 15236 0 /* internal */, 0); 15237 } 15238 15239 static void 15240 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 15241 { 15242 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 15243 arg, 15244 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */, 15245 0 /* tempflag */, 15246 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 15247 0 /* Ignore count */, 15248 pending_break_support, 15249 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops, 15250 from_tty, 15251 1 /* enabled */, 15252 0 /* internal */, 0); 15253 } 15254 15255 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */ 15256 15257 static void 15258 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 15259 { 15260 struct breakpoint_ops *ops; 15261 15262 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'), 15263 or with a normal static tracepoint. */ 15264 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2])) 15265 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops; 15266 else 15267 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 15268 15269 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 15270 arg, 15271 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */, 15272 0 /* tempflag */, 15273 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 15274 0 /* Ignore count */, 15275 pending_break_support, 15276 ops, 15277 from_tty, 15278 1 /* enabled */, 15279 0 /* internal */, 0); 15280 } 15281 15282 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked 15283 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */ 15284 15285 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp; 15286 static int next_cmd; 15287 15288 static char * 15289 read_uploaded_action (void) 15290 { 15291 char *rslt; 15292 15293 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt); 15294 15295 next_cmd++; 15296 15297 return rslt; 15298 } 15299 15300 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which 15301 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an 15302 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since 15303 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when 15304 the tracepoint was originally defined. */ 15305 15306 struct tracepoint * 15307 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp) 15308 { 15309 char *addr_str, small_buf[100]; 15310 struct tracepoint *tp; 15311 15312 if (utp->at_string) 15313 addr_str = utp->at_string; 15314 else 15315 { 15316 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw 15317 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address 15318 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the 15319 user. */ 15320 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no " 15321 "source location, using raw address"), 15322 utp->number); 15323 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr)); 15324 addr_str = small_buf; 15325 } 15326 15327 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */ 15328 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string) 15329 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition " 15330 "has no source form, ignoring it"), 15331 utp->number); 15332 15333 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 15334 addr_str, 15335 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL, 15336 0 /* parse cond/thread */, 15337 0 /* tempflag */, 15338 utp->type /* type_wanted */, 15339 0 /* Ignore count */, 15340 pending_break_support, 15341 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops, 15342 0 /* from_tty */, 15343 utp->enabled /* enabled */, 15344 0 /* internal */, 15345 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED)) 15346 return NULL; 15347 15348 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */ 15349 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count); 15350 gdb_assert (tp != NULL); 15351 15352 if (utp->pass > 0) 15353 { 15354 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass, 15355 tp->base.number); 15356 15357 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0); 15358 } 15359 15360 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a 15361 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line 15362 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting 15363 function. */ 15364 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings)) 15365 { 15366 struct command_line *cmd_list; 15367 15368 this_utp = utp; 15369 next_cmd = 0; 15370 15371 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL); 15372 15373 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list); 15374 } 15375 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions) 15376 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions)) 15377 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions " 15378 "have no source form, ignoring them"), 15379 utp->number); 15380 15381 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */ 15382 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count; 15383 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage; 15384 15385 return tp; 15386 } 15387 15388 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if 15389 omitted. */ 15390 15391 static void 15392 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty) 15393 { 15394 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; 15395 int num_printed; 15396 15397 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint); 15398 15399 if (num_printed == 0) 15400 { 15401 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0') 15402 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n"); 15403 else 15404 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args); 15405 } 15406 15407 default_collect_info (); 15408 } 15409 15410 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints. 15411 Not supported by all targets. */ 15412 static void 15413 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) 15414 { 15415 enable_command (args, from_tty); 15416 } 15417 15418 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints. 15419 Not supported by all targets. */ 15420 static void 15421 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) 15422 { 15423 disable_command (args, from_tty); 15424 } 15425 15426 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */ 15427 static void 15428 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 15429 { 15430 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 15431 15432 dont_repeat (); 15433 15434 if (arg == 0) 15435 { 15436 int breaks_to_delete = 0; 15437 15438 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. 15439 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these 15440 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number 15441 argument. */ 15442 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) 15443 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b)) 15444 { 15445 breaks_to_delete = 1; 15446 break; 15447 } 15448 15449 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ 15450 if (!from_tty 15451 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? ")))) 15452 { 15453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 15454 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b)) 15455 delete_breakpoint (b); 15456 } 15457 } 15458 else 15459 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 15460 } 15461 15462 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */ 15463 15464 static void 15465 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty) 15466 { 15467 tp->pass_count = count; 15468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base); 15469 if (from_tty) 15470 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"), 15471 tp->base.number, count); 15472 } 15473 15474 /* Set passcount for tracepoint. 15475 15476 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number. 15477 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined. 15478 Also accepts special argument "all". */ 15479 15480 static void 15481 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty) 15482 { 15483 struct tracepoint *t1; 15484 unsigned int count; 15485 15486 if (args == 0 || *args == 0) 15487 error (_("passcount command requires an " 15488 "argument (count + optional TP num)")); 15489 15490 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */ 15491 15492 args = skip_spaces (args); 15493 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0) 15494 { 15495 struct breakpoint *b; 15496 15497 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */ 15498 if (*args) 15499 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 15500 15501 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) 15502 { 15503 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b; 15504 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty); 15505 } 15506 } 15507 else if (*args == '\0') 15508 { 15509 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1); 15510 if (t1) 15511 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty); 15512 } 15513 else 15514 { 15515 struct get_number_or_range_state state; 15516 15517 init_number_or_range (&state, args); 15518 while (!state.finished) 15519 { 15520 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1); 15521 if (t1) 15522 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty); 15523 } 15524 } 15525 } 15526 15527 struct tracepoint * 15528 get_tracepoint (int num) 15529 { 15530 struct breakpoint *t; 15531 15532 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) 15533 if (t->number == num) 15534 return (struct tracepoint *) t; 15535 15536 return NULL; 15537 } 15538 15539 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be 15540 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and 15541 reconnecting). */ 15542 15543 struct tracepoint * 15544 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num) 15545 { 15546 struct breakpoint *b; 15547 15548 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) 15549 { 15550 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b; 15551 15552 if (t->number_on_target == num) 15553 return t; 15554 } 15555 15556 return NULL; 15557 } 15558 15559 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list. 15560 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG. 15561 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most 15562 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */ 15563 struct tracepoint * 15564 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, 15565 struct get_number_or_range_state *state, 15566 int optional_p) 15567 { 15568 struct breakpoint *t; 15569 int tpnum; 15570 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg; 15571 15572 if (state) 15573 { 15574 gdb_assert (!state->finished); 15575 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state); 15576 } 15577 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg) 15578 { 15579 if (optional_p) 15580 tpnum = tracepoint_count; 15581 else 15582 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number")); 15583 } 15584 else 15585 tpnum = get_number (arg); 15586 15587 if (tpnum <= 0) 15588 { 15589 if (instring && *instring) 15590 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"), 15591 instring); 15592 else 15593 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing " 15594 "and no previous tracepoint\n")); 15595 return NULL; 15596 } 15597 15598 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) 15599 if (t->number == tpnum) 15600 { 15601 return (struct tracepoint *) t; 15602 } 15603 15604 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum); 15605 return NULL; 15606 } 15607 15608 void 15609 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 15610 { 15611 if (b->thread != -1) 15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread); 15613 15614 if (b->task != 0) 15615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task); 15616 15617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n"); 15618 } 15619 15620 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to 15621 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it 15622 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns 15623 non-zero. */ 15624 15625 static void 15626 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty, 15627 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) 15628 { 15629 struct breakpoint *tp; 15630 int any = 0; 15631 char *pathname; 15632 struct cleanup *cleanup; 15633 struct ui_file *fp; 15634 int extra_trace_bits = 0; 15635 15636 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0) 15637 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)")); 15638 15639 /* See if we have anything to save. */ 15640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) 15641 { 15642 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ 15643 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp)) 15644 continue; 15645 15646 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ 15647 if (filter && !filter (tp)) 15648 continue; 15649 15650 any = 1; 15651 15652 if (is_tracepoint (tp)) 15653 { 15654 extra_trace_bits = 1; 15655 15656 /* We can stop searching. */ 15657 break; 15658 } 15659 } 15660 15661 if (!any) 15662 { 15663 warning (_("Nothing to save.")); 15664 return; 15665 } 15666 15667 pathname = tilde_expand (filename); 15668 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname); 15669 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w"); 15670 if (!fp) 15671 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"), 15672 filename, safe_strerror (errno)); 15673 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp); 15674 15675 if (extra_trace_bits) 15676 save_trace_state_variables (fp); 15677 15678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) 15679 { 15680 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ 15681 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp)) 15682 continue; 15683 15684 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ 15685 if (filter && !filter (tp)) 15686 continue; 15687 15688 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp); 15689 15690 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't 15691 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum 15692 instead. */ 15693 15694 if (tp->cond_string) 15695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string); 15696 15697 if (tp->ignore_count) 15698 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count); 15699 15700 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands) 15701 { 15702 volatile struct gdb_exception ex; 15703 15704 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n"); 15705 15706 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp); 15707 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 15708 { 15709 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2); 15710 } 15711 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL); 15712 15713 if (ex.reason < 0) 15714 throw_exception (ex); 15715 15716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n"); 15717 } 15718 15719 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled) 15720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n"); 15721 15722 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations 15723 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are 15724 special, and not user visible. */ 15725 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next) 15726 { 15727 struct bp_location *loc; 15728 int n = 1; 15729 15730 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++) 15731 if (!loc->enabled) 15732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n); 15733 } 15734 } 15735 15736 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect) 15737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect); 15738 15739 do_cleanups (cleanup); 15740 if (from_tty) 15741 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename); 15742 } 15743 15744 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */ 15745 15746 static void 15747 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) 15748 { 15749 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL); 15750 } 15751 15752 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */ 15753 15754 static void 15755 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) 15756 { 15757 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint); 15758 } 15759 15760 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */ 15761 15762 VEC(breakpoint_p) * 15763 all_tracepoints (void) 15764 { 15765 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0; 15766 struct breakpoint *tp; 15767 15768 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp) 15769 { 15770 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp); 15771 } 15772 15773 return tp_vec; 15774 } 15775 15776 15777 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak 15778 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication. 15779 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the 15780 command. */ 15781 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \ 15782 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\ 15783 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\ 15784 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\ 15785 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\ 15786 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ 15787 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\ 15788 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\ 15789 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\ 15790 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\ 15791 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\ 15792 \n\ 15793 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\ 15794 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ 15795 \n\ 15796 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ 15797 conditions are different.\n\ 15798 \n\ 15799 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints." 15800 15801 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */ 15802 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist; 15803 15804 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */ 15805 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist; 15806 15807 void 15808 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring, 15809 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty, 15810 struct cmd_list_element *command), 15811 completer_ftype *completer, 15812 void *user_data_catch, 15813 void *user_data_tcatch) 15814 { 15815 struct cmd_list_element *command; 15816 15817 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, 15818 &catch_cmdlist); 15819 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); 15820 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch); 15821 set_cmd_completer (command, completer); 15822 15823 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, 15824 &tcatch_cmdlist); 15825 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); 15826 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch); 15827 set_cmd_completer (command, completer); 15828 } 15829 15830 static void 15831 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf) 15832 { 15833 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data 15834 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf); 15835 15836 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0; 15837 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0; 15838 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts); 15839 } 15840 15841 static void 15842 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 15843 { 15844 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by " 15845 "the name of a save subcommand.\n")); 15846 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout); 15847 } 15848 15849 struct breakpoint * 15850 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *), 15851 void *data) 15852 { 15853 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp; 15854 15855 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp) 15856 { 15857 if ((*callback) (b, data)) 15858 return b; 15859 } 15860 15861 return NULL; 15862 } 15863 15864 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where 15865 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */ 15866 15867 static int 15868 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b) 15869 { 15870 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a 15871 non-inline function. */ 15872 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event) 15873 return 1; 15874 15875 return 0; 15876 } 15877 15878 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions 15879 have been inlined. */ 15880 15881 int 15882 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc, 15883 const struct target_waitstatus *ws) 15884 { 15885 struct breakpoint *b; 15886 struct bp_location *bl; 15887 15888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 15889 { 15890 if (!is_non_inline_function (b)) 15891 continue; 15892 15893 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) 15894 { 15895 if (!bl->shlib_disabled 15896 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws)) 15897 return 1; 15898 } 15899 } 15900 15901 return 0; 15902 } 15903 15904 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */ 15905 15906 void 15907 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile) 15908 { 15909 struct bp_location **locp, *loc; 15910 15911 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp) 15912 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile) 15913 loc->symtab = NULL; 15914 } 15915 15916 void 15917 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void) 15918 { 15919 static int initialized = 0; 15920 15921 struct breakpoint_ops *ops; 15922 15923 if (initialized) 15924 return; 15925 initialized = 1; 15926 15927 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of 15928 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints, 15929 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */ 15930 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 15931 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 15932 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set; 15933 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location; 15934 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location; 15935 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit; 15936 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address; 15937 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal; 15938 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec; 15939 15940 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */ 15941 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 15942 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 15943 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set; 15944 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed; 15945 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it; 15946 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention; 15947 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate; 15948 15949 /* Ranged breakpoints. */ 15950 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops; 15951 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 15952 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint; 15953 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint; 15954 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint; 15955 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint; 15956 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint; 15957 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint; 15958 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint; 15959 15960 /* Internal breakpoints. */ 15961 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops; 15962 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 15963 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set; 15964 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status; 15965 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it; 15966 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention; 15967 15968 /* Momentary breakpoints. */ 15969 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops; 15970 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 15971 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set; 15972 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status; 15973 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it; 15974 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention; 15975 15976 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */ 15977 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops; 15978 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops; 15979 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor; 15980 15981 /* Probe breakpoints. */ 15982 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops; 15983 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 15984 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location; 15985 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location; 15986 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address; 15987 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec; 15988 15989 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */ 15990 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops; 15991 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; 15992 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint; 15993 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint; 15994 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint; 15995 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint; 15996 15997 /* Watchpoints. */ 15998 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 15999 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16000 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint; 16001 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint; 16002 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint; 16003 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint; 16004 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint; 16005 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint; 16006 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint; 16007 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint; 16008 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint; 16009 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint; 16010 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint; 16011 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint; 16012 16013 /* Masked watchpoints. */ 16014 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 16015 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops; 16016 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint; 16017 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint; 16018 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint; 16019 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint; 16020 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint; 16021 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint; 16022 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint; 16023 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint; 16024 16025 /* Tracepoints. */ 16026 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 16027 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16028 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set; 16029 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit; 16030 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail; 16031 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention; 16032 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate; 16033 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address; 16034 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal; 16035 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec; 16036 16037 /* Probe tracepoints. */ 16038 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops; 16039 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 16040 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address; 16041 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec; 16042 16043 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */ 16044 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops; 16045 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops; 16046 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address; 16047 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal; 16048 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec; 16049 16050 /* Fork catchpoints. */ 16051 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops; 16052 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16053 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork; 16054 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork; 16055 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork; 16056 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork; 16057 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork; 16058 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork; 16059 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork; 16060 16061 /* Vfork catchpoints. */ 16062 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops; 16063 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16064 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork; 16065 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork; 16066 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork; 16067 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork; 16068 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork; 16069 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork; 16070 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork; 16071 16072 /* Exec catchpoints. */ 16073 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops; 16074 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16075 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec; 16076 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec; 16077 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec; 16078 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec; 16079 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec; 16080 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec; 16081 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec; 16082 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec; 16083 16084 /* Syscall catchpoints. */ 16085 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops; 16086 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16087 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall; 16088 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall; 16089 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall; 16090 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall; 16091 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall; 16092 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall; 16093 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall; 16094 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall; 16095 16096 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */ 16097 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops; 16098 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops; 16099 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib; 16100 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib; 16101 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib; 16102 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib; 16103 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib; 16104 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib; 16105 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib; 16106 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib; 16107 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib; 16108 16109 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops; 16110 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops; 16111 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set; 16112 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed; 16113 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it; 16114 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention; 16115 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate; 16116 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true; 16117 } 16118 16119 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */ 16120 16121 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL; 16122 16123 void 16124 _initialize_breakpoint (void) 16125 { 16126 struct cmd_list_element *c; 16127 16128 initialize_breakpoint_ops (); 16129 16130 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib); 16131 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts); 16132 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change); 16133 16134 breakpoint_objfile_key 16135 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes); 16136 16137 catch_syscall_inferior_data 16138 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL, 16139 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup); 16140 16141 breakpoint_chain = 0; 16142 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful 16143 before a breakpoint is set. */ 16144 breakpoint_count = 0; 16145 16146 tracepoint_count = 0; 16147 16148 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\ 16149 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\ 16150 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'.")); 16151 if (xdb_commands) 16152 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1); 16153 16154 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\ 16155 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\ 16156 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\ 16157 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\ 16158 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\ 16159 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\ 16160 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\ 16161 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print.")); 16162 16163 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\ 16164 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\ 16165 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\ 16166 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.")); 16167 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer); 16168 16169 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\ 16170 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\ 16171 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ 16172 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\ 16173 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\ 16174 \n" 16175 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak"))); 16176 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16177 16178 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\ 16179 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ 16180 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\ 16181 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\ 16182 \n" 16183 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak"))); 16184 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16185 16186 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\ 16187 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ 16188 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ 16189 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\ 16190 \n" 16191 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak"))); 16192 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16193 16194 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 16195 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 16196 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 16197 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ 16198 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 16199 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."), 16200 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist); 16201 if (xdb_commands) 16202 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 16203 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 16204 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 16205 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ 16206 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 16207 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily.")); 16208 16209 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1); 16210 16211 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 16212 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 16213 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 16214 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 16215 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"), 16216 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist); 16217 16218 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ 16219 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16220 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), 16221 &enablebreaklist); 16222 16223 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ 16224 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16225 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), 16226 &enablebreaklist); 16227 16228 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\ 16229 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16230 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\ 16231 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."), 16232 &enablebreaklist); 16233 16234 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ 16235 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16236 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), 16237 &enablelist); 16238 16239 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ 16240 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16241 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), 16242 &enablelist); 16243 16244 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\ 16245 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\ 16246 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\ 16247 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."), 16248 &enablelist); 16249 16250 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ 16251 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 16252 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16253 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 16254 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."), 16255 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist); 16256 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); 16257 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); 16258 if (xdb_commands) 16259 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ 16260 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 16261 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16262 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 16263 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.")); 16264 16265 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\ 16266 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 16267 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16268 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 16269 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\ 16270 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."), 16271 &disablelist); 16272 16273 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ 16274 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ 16275 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16276 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 16277 \n\ 16278 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\ 16279 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."), 16280 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist); 16281 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); 16282 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); 16283 if (xdb_commands) 16284 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ 16285 Delete some breakpoints.\n\ 16286 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16287 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n")); 16288 16289 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\ 16290 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ 16291 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 16292 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 16293 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."), 16294 &deletelist); 16295 16296 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\ 16297 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\ 16298 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ 16299 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\ 16300 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\ 16301 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\ 16302 \n\ 16303 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\ 16304 is executing in.\n\ 16305 \n\ 16306 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number.")); 16307 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1); 16308 16309 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\ 16310 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n" 16311 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break"))); 16312 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16313 16314 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1); 16315 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1); 16316 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1); 16317 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1); 16318 16319 if (xdb_commands) 16320 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1); 16321 16322 if (dbx_commands) 16323 { 16324 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\ 16325 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."), 16326 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist); 16327 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command, 16328 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist); 16329 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command, 16330 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist); 16331 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\ 16332 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 16333 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 16334 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 16335 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 16336 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 16337 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 16338 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 16339 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 16340 \n\ 16341 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 16342 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 16343 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 16344 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 16345 breakpoint set.")); 16346 } 16347 16348 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\ 16349 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\ 16350 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 16351 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 16352 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 16353 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 16354 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 16355 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 16356 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 16357 \n\ 16358 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 16359 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 16360 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 16361 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 16362 breakpoint set.")); 16363 16364 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1); 16365 16366 if (xdb_commands) 16367 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\ 16368 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 16369 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 16370 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 16371 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 16372 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 16373 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 16374 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 16375 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 16376 \n\ 16377 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 16378 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 16379 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 16380 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 16381 breakpoint set.")); 16382 16383 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\ 16384 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 16385 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 16386 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 16387 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 16388 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\ 16389 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\ 16390 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\ 16391 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\ 16392 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 16393 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 16394 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 16395 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 16396 \n\ 16397 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 16398 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 16399 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 16400 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 16401 breakpoint set."), 16402 &maintenanceinfolist); 16403 16404 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\ 16405 Set catchpoints to catch events."), 16406 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ", 16407 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 16408 16409 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\ 16410 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."), 16411 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ", 16412 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 16413 16414 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */ 16415 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\ 16416 Catch an exception, when caught."), 16417 catch_catch_command, 16418 NULL, 16419 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16420 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16421 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\ 16422 Catch an exception, when thrown."), 16423 catch_throw_command, 16424 NULL, 16425 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16426 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16427 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."), 16428 catch_fork_command_1, 16429 NULL, 16430 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent, 16431 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary); 16432 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."), 16433 catch_fork_command_1, 16434 NULL, 16435 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent, 16436 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary); 16437 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."), 16438 catch_exec_command_1, 16439 NULL, 16440 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16441 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16442 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\ 16443 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\ 16444 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."), 16445 catch_load_command_1, 16446 NULL, 16447 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16448 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16449 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\ 16450 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\ 16451 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."), 16452 catch_unload_command_1, 16453 NULL, 16454 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16455 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16456 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\ 16457 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\ 16458 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\ 16459 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\ 16460 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\ 16461 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."), 16462 catch_syscall_command_1, 16463 catch_syscall_completer, 16464 CATCH_PERMANENT, 16465 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 16466 16467 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\ 16468 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 16469 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\ 16470 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 16471 an expression changes.\n\ 16472 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\ 16473 the memory to which it refers.")); 16474 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 16475 16476 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\ 16477 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 16478 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\ 16479 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 16480 an expression is read.\n\ 16481 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\ 16482 the memory to which it refers.")); 16483 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 16484 16485 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\ 16486 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 16487 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\ 16488 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 16489 an expression is either read or written.\n\ 16490 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\ 16491 the memory to which it refers.")); 16492 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 16493 16494 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\ 16495 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument).")); 16496 16497 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should 16498 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */ 16499 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support, 16500 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\ 16501 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ 16502 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ 16503 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\ 16504 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\ 16505 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\ 16506 hardware.)"), 16507 NULL, 16508 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints, 16509 &setlist, &showlist); 16510 16511 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1; 16512 16513 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */ 16514 16515 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\ 16516 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ 16517 \n" 16518 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\ 16519 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 16520 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16521 16522 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0); 16523 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1); 16524 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1); 16525 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1); 16526 16527 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\ 16528 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ 16529 \n" 16530 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\ 16531 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 16532 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16533 16534 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\ 16535 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\ 16536 \n\ 16537 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\ 16538 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\ 16539 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\ 16540 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\ 16541 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\ 16542 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\ 16543 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\ 16544 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\ 16545 the selected stack frame.\n\ 16546 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\ 16547 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\ 16548 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\ 16549 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\ 16550 \n\ 16551 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ 16552 \n\ 16553 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ 16554 conditions are different.\n\ 16555 \n\ 16556 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\ 16557 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 16558 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16559 16560 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\ 16561 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\ 16562 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\ 16563 last tracepoint set.")); 16564 16565 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1); 16566 16567 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\ 16568 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\ 16569 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 16570 No argument means delete all tracepoints."), 16571 &deletelist); 16572 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist); 16573 16574 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\ 16575 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\ 16576 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 16577 No argument means disable all tracepoints."), 16578 &disablelist); 16579 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable"); 16580 16581 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\ 16582 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\ 16583 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 16584 No argument means enable all tracepoints."), 16585 &enablelist); 16586 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable"); 16587 16588 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\ 16589 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\ 16590 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\ 16591 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\ 16592 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined.")); 16593 16594 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command, 16595 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."), 16596 &save_cmdlist, "save ", 16597 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 16598 16599 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\ 16600 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\ 16601 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\ 16602 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\ 16603 session to restore them."), 16604 &save_cmdlist); 16605 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); 16606 16607 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\ 16608 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\ 16609 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."), 16610 &save_cmdlist); 16611 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); 16612 16613 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0); 16614 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints"); 16615 16616 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ 16617 Breakpoint specific settings\n\ 16618 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ 16619 pending breakpoint behavior"), 16620 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ", 16621 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist); 16622 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ 16623 Breakpoint specific settings\n\ 16624 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ 16625 pending breakpoint behavior"), 16626 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ", 16627 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist); 16628 16629 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class, 16630 &pending_break_support, _("\ 16631 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ 16632 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ 16633 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\ 16634 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\ 16635 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\ 16636 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."), 16637 NULL, 16638 show_pending_break_support, 16639 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 16640 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 16641 16642 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO; 16643 16644 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class, 16645 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\ 16646 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ 16647 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ 16648 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\ 16649 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\ 16650 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."), 16651 NULL, 16652 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints, 16653 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 16654 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 16655 16656 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support, 16657 &always_inserted_mode, _("\ 16658 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ 16659 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ 16660 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\ 16661 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\ 16662 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\ 16663 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\ 16664 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\ 16665 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\ 16666 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\ 16667 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."), 16668 NULL, 16669 &show_always_inserted_mode, 16670 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 16671 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 16672 16673 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint, 16674 condition_evaluation_enums, 16675 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\ 16676 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\ 16677 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\ 16678 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\ 16679 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\ 16680 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\ 16681 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\ 16682 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\ 16683 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\ 16684 be set to \"gdb\""), 16685 &set_condition_evaluation_mode, 16686 &show_condition_evaluation_mode, 16687 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 16688 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 16689 16690 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\ 16691 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\ 16692 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\ 16693 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\ 16694 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\ 16695 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\ 16696 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\ 16697 or the start of the range\n\ 16698 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\ 16699 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\ 16700 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\ 16701 \n\ 16702 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\ 16703 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\ 16704 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION).")); 16705 16706 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\ 16707 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\ 16708 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\ 16709 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ 16710 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\ 16711 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\ 16712 ")); 16713 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 16714 16715 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support, 16716 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\ 16717 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\ 16718 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\ 16719 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\ 16720 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\ 16721 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\ 16722 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\ 16723 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\ 16724 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."), 16725 update_dprintf_commands, NULL, 16726 &setlist, &showlist); 16727 16728 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf"); 16729 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support, 16730 &dprintf_function, _("\ 16731 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\ 16732 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL, 16733 update_dprintf_commands, NULL, 16734 &setlist, &showlist); 16735 16736 dprintf_channel = xstrdup (""); 16737 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support, 16738 &dprintf_channel, _("\ 16739 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\ 16740 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL, 16741 update_dprintf_commands, NULL, 16742 &setlist, &showlist); 16743 16744 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class, 16745 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\ 16746 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\ 16747 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\ 16748 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\ 16749 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."), 16750 NULL, 16751 NULL, 16752 &setlist, &showlist); 16753 16754 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\ 16755 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\ 16756 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands.")); 16757 16758 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1; 16759 16760 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed); 16761 } 16762